Official Paper

SSC CPO Tier-II Previous Year Paper (Held On: 8th November 2021)

200 questions · 120 minutes · with answers · free

English language & Comprehension (200 questions)

Direction: In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Despite all the research every one of us catches cold and most of us catch ______(1) ______ frequently. Our failure to control one of ______(2) ______ commonest of all ailments sometimes seems ridiculous. ______(3) ______ science regularly practises transplant surgery and ______(4) ______ rid whole countries of such killing ______(5) ______ as Typhus and the Plague. But the ______(6) ______ of common cold is unusually difficult and ______(7) ______ is yet to be done to solve it. It is known that a cold ______(8) ______ caused by one of the number ______(9) ______ viral infections that affect the lining of the ______(10) ______ and the other passages leading to the lungs but the confusing variety of viruses makes study and remedy very difficult.

1

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 1.

  1. ((a))

    it

  2. ((b))

    one

  3. ((c))

    this

  4. ((d))

    these

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

it

The correct answer is 'it.'

Key Points

  • We use it, this and these to introduce further information about a topic already mentioned.
  • However, the words have different uses.
  • We use it to continue to refer to the topic we are already writing or speaking about:
  • ExampleThe heart is the central organ in our bodies and it is used to pump oxygen around the body through the bloodstream.
  • We can use this and these to refer back to whole clauses and sentences and to previous parts of a text.
  • Here, we are referring to the topic cold, we are already writing.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'it.'
  • The correct sentence: Despite all the research every one of us catches cold and most of us catch it frequently.

Additional Information

  • As a personal pronoun (both subject and object), one can be used to refer to ‘people in general’.
  • We often use one in making generalisations, especially in more formal styles.
  • ExampleOne never knows, does one?

Hinglish

  • हम  it, this and these का उपयोग करते हैं,पहले से उल्लिखित विषय के बारे में अधिक जानकारी प्रदान करने के लिए।
  • हालाँकि, शब्दों के अलग-अलग उपयोग हैं।
  • हम it का उपयोग उस विषय के संदर्भ में जारी रखने के लिए करते हैं जिसके बारे में हम पहले से ही लिख रहे हैं या बोल रहे हैं:
  • Example: The heart is the central organ in our bodies and it is used to pump oxygen around the body through the bloodstream.
  • हम this and these का उपयोग पूरे खंड और वाक्यों और किसी पाठ के पिछले भागों को संदर्भित करने के लिए कर सकते हैं।
  • यहां हम cold विषय की बात कर रहे हैं, हम पहले ही लिख रहे हैं।
2

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 2.

  1. ((a))

    the

  2. ((b))

    a

  3. ((c))

    more

  4. ((d))

    most

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

the

The correct answer is 'the.'

Key Points

  • It will be wrong to use more and most here as the next word is 'commonest' which is the superlative form of the adjective 'common.'
  • We use the article 'the' before a superlative degree of an adjective.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'the.'
  • The correct sentence: Our failure to control one of the commonest of all ailments sometimes seems ridiculous.

Additional Information 

  • In English there are three articles: a, an, and the.
  • Articles are used before nouns or noun equivalents and are a type of adjective.
  • The definite article (the) is used before a noun to indicate that the identity of the noun is known to the reader.
  • The indefinite article (a, an) is used before a noun that is general or when its identity is not known. There are certain situations in which a noun takes no article.

Hinglish

  • यहाँ more and most प्रयोग करना गलत होगा क्योंकि अगला शब्द 'commonest' है जो adjective 'common' का superlative form है।
  • हम विशेषण के superlative form से पहले article 'the' का प्रयोग करते हैं।
  • इसलिए, सही उत्तर 'the' है।
3

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 3.

  1. ((a))

    Chemical

  2. ((b))

    Electrical

  3. ((c))

    Geological

  4. ((d))

    Medical

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Medical

The correct answer is 'Medical.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meanings of the given words:
  • Chemical: connected with chemistry; involving changes to the structure of a substance. (रसायनशास्‍त्र-विषयक; रासायनिक, किसी पदार्थ की बनावट में होने वाले या हुए परिवर्तन से संबंधित)
  • Electrical: of or about electricity. (विद्युत से संबंधित)
  • Geological: relating to geology, or to the geology of a particular area or place. (भूविज्ञान-विषयक)
  • Medical: connected with medicine and the treatment of illness. (औषधि और रोग के उपचार से संबंधित; डॉक्‍टरी)
  • In the given sentence, the term 'transplant surgery' is related to Medical science.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Medical.'
  • The correct phrase: Medical science regularly practises transplant surgery .........

Additional Information 

  • The meaning of the word 'transplant' is to take (living tissue or an organ) and implant it in another part of the body or in another body.
  • Example: A kidney was transplanted from one identical twin to another.
4

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 4.

  1. ((a))

    has been

  2. ((b))

    had

  3. ((c))

    has

  4. ((d))

    have

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

has

The correct answer is 'has.'

Key Points

  • In the given phrase, we are talking about 'medical science' in Present Tense which is a singular subject.
  • Therefore, we need 'has' and the options 'had' and 'have' are ruled out.
  • ‘Has been’ suggests an action that started in the past, but continues in the present.
  • Example: A bird has been following me all day long.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'has.'
  • The correct phrase: ......... practises transplant surgery and has rid whole countries of such killing.........

Additional Information 

 

  • When we are talking about the past: for any subject (I, You, He, She,It, We, They) we use ‘had been‘.
  • “Had been,”, suggests an action that both began and ended in the past.
  • ExampleI had been reading articles on English language for three hours.

Hinglish

  • दिए गए वाक्यांश में, हम वर्तमान काल में 'medical science' के बारे में बात कर रहे हैं जो एक singular subject है।
  • इसलिए, हमें 'has' की आवश्यकता है और विकल्प'had' and 'have' से इंकार किया जाता है।
  • ‘Has been’ एक ऐसी क्रिया का सुझाव देता है जो अतीत में शुरू हुई थी, लेकिन वर्तमान में जारी है।
  • Example: A bird has been following me all day long.
5

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 5.

  1. ((a))

    Illness

  2. ((b))

    Sickness

  3. ((c))

    Diseases

  4. ((d))

    Ailment

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Diseases

The correct answer is 'Diseases.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meanings of the given words:
  • Illness and sickness are something that needs to be managed such as feelings of pain, discomfort, distress, weakness, fatigue, etc. (Illness and sickness ऐसी चीज है जिसे प्रबंधित करने की आवश्यकता होती है जैसे दर्द, बेचैनी, परेशानी, कमजोरी, थकान आदि की भावनाएं।)
  • Disease is something that needs to be cured. (Disease एक ऐसी चीज है जिसे ठीक करने की जरूरत है।)
  • Ailment is an illness, typically a minor one. (Ailment एक बीमारी है, आमतौर पर एक छोटी सी।)
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Diseases.'
  • The correct phrase: ......... whole countries of such killing diseases as Typhus and the Plague.

Additional Information  

  • The meaning of the word 'transplant' is to take (living tissue or an organ) and implant it in another part of the body or in another body.
  • Example: A kidney was transplanted from one identical twin to another.
6

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 6.

  1. ((a))

    Setback

  2. ((b))

    Hitch

  3. ((c))

    Difficulty

  4. ((d))

    Problem

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Problem

The correct answer is 'Diseases.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meanings of the given words:
  • Setback: a reversal or check in progress. (एक उत्क्रमण या जाँच प्रगति पर।)
  • Hitch: a temporary difficulty or problem. (एक अस्थायी कठिनाई या समस्या।)
  • Difficulty: a thing that is hard to accomplish, deal with, or understand. (एक ऐसी चीज जिसे पूरा करना, उससे निपटना या समझना कठिन है।)
  • Problem: a matter or situation regarded as unwelcome or harmful and needing to be dealt with and overcome. (एक मामला या स्थिति जिसे अवांछित या हानिकारक माना जाता है और इससे निपटने और दूर करने की आवश्यकता होती है।)
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Problem.'
  • The correct phrase: But the problem of common cold is unusually difficult and .........

Additional Information   

  • Let us see the synonyms of the following words:
WordSynonym
SetbackIssue
HitchSnag
DifficultyProblem
ProblemTrouble
7

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 7.

  1. ((a))

    few

  2. ((b))

    Little

  3. ((c))

    many

  4. ((d))

    much

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

much

The correct answer is 'much.'

Key Points

  • Much, many, few and little are all words that come before nouns to help explain them.
  • Both much and many suggest a large quantity of something, whilst little and few mean: not as much, or not as many.
  • Use much if the noun is non-countable (e.g., water, sand).
  • Use many if the noun is countable (e.g., oranges, children).
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'much.'
  • The correct phrase: ........ and much is yet to be done to solve it.

Additional Information   

  • We use the quantifiers much, many, a lot of, lots of to talk about quantities, amounts and degrees.
  • We can use them with a noun (as a determiner) or without a noun (as a pronoun).
  • ExampleI haven’t got much change. I’ve only got a ten euro note.

                                    Are there many campsites near you?

Hinglish

  • Much, many, few and little सभी ऐसे शब्द हैं जो संज्ञाओं से पहले आते हैं और उन्हें समझाने में मदद करते हैं।
  • much and many दोनों ही किसी चीज की बड़ी मात्रा का सुझाव देते हैं, जबकि little and few का मतलब होता है: ज्यादा नहीं, या ज्यादा नहीं।
  • यदि संज्ञा non-countable (e.g., water, sand) है, तो much प्रयोग करें।
  • यदि संज्ञा countable (e.g., oranges, children) है, तो many का प्रयोग करें।
8

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 8.

  1. ((a))

    are

  2. ((b))

    is

  3. ((c))

    were

  4. ((d))

    was

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

is

The correct answer is 'is.'

Key Points

  • Here the subject 'cold' is singular and the first part of the sentence is in the Present tense.
  • यहां subject 'cold', एकवचन है और वाक्य का पहला भाग वर्तमान काल में है।
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'is.'
  • The correct phrase: It is known that a cold is caused by one of the number .......

 Additional Information

  • In English there are three articles: a, an, and the.
  • Articles are used before nouns or noun equivalents and are a type of adjective.
  • The definite article (the) is used before a noun to indicate that the identity of the noun is known to the reader.
  • The indefinite article (a, an) is used before a noun that is general or when its identity is not known. There are certain situations in which a noun takes no article.
9

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 9.

  1. ((a))

    for

  2. ((b))

    with

  3. ((c))

    in

  4. ((d))

    of

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

of

The correct answer is 'of.'

Key Points

  • We use for to talk about a purpose or a reason for something.
  • Example: I’m going for some breakfast. I’m really hungry.
  • You can use 'with' when you're talking about people, or things being together.
  • ExampleShe arrived with her boyfriend.
  • We use in to talk about where something is in relation to a larger area around it.
  • ExampleShe’s in the garden.
  • Number of is used with countable nouns.
  • ExampleA great number of students volunteer each year for environmental projects.
  • Therefore, the preposition 'of' should be used to make the sentence grammatically correct.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'of.'
  • ​​Correct phrase: ........ by one of the number of viral infections that affect the lining ........

 Additional Information 

  • A preposition is a word or group of words used before a noun, pronoun, or noun phrase to show direction, time, place, location, spatial relationships, or to introduce an object.
  • Some examples of prepositions are words like "in," "at," "on," "of," and "to."
  • Example: I live in Raipur.

Hinglish 

  • हम किसी उद्देश्य या किसी कारण के बारे में बात करने के लिए preposition for उपयोग करते हैं।
  • Example: I’m going for some breakfast. I’m really hungry.
  • जब आप लोगों या चीजों के एक साथ होने की बात कर रहे हों तो आप 'with' का उपयोग कर सकते हैं
  • Example: She arrived with her boyfriend.
  • हम में in उपयोग इस बारे में बात करने के लिए करते हैं कि इसके आसपास के एक बड़े क्षेत्र के संबंध में कुछ कहां है।
  • Example: She’s in the garden.
  • Countable nouns के साथ Number of उपयोग करते हैं।
  • Example: A great number of students volunteer each year for environmental projects.
  • इसलिए वाक्य को व्याकरणिक रूप से शुद्ध करने के लिए preposition 'of' का प्रयोग करना चाहिए।
10

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 10.

  1. ((a))

    tongue

  2. ((b))

    nose

  3. ((c))

    ears

  4. ((d))

    eyes

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

nose

The correct answer is 'nose.'

Key Points

  • In this passage, we are majorly talking about the disease 'cold' and this disease is associated to the nose.
  • इस passage में, हम प्रमुख रूप से 'cold' रोग के बारे में बात कर रहे हैं और यह रोग nose से जुड़ा है।
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'nose.'
  • The correct phrase: ....... that affect the lining of the nose and the other passages leading to the lungs .....

Additional Information 

  • As a personal pronoun (both subject and object), one can be used to refer to ‘people in general’.
  • We often use one in making generalisations, especially in more formal styles.
  • Example: One never knows, does one?

Direction: In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Twenty five years ago, while travelling and teaching in Turkey, Nepal and Iran, Bonnie Bergin noticed self-sufficient disabled people (1) ______ about their daily business, often using donkeys (2) ______ pots, pans and other wares to be sold. (3) ______ later returned to the  United States (4) ______ work on a master's degree in special education. "I (5) ______ hard about what could be done to get such (6) ______ out of institutions and onto the streets, getting jobs, (7) ______ it came to me: dogs," says Bergin, (8) ______ today is the originator of the service-dog (9) ______. She ran into fierce resistance (10) ______ academics and professionals at first who said ‘Dogs spread disease’.

11

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 1.

  1. ((a))

    to go

  2. ((b))

    gone

  3. ((c))

    went

  4. ((d))

    going

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

going

The correct answer is 'going.'

Key Points

  • In this sentence, we can see that the first part of the sentence is having a structure Verb + ing (travelling, teaching) to represent activities.
  • इस वाक्य में, हम देख सकते हैं कि वाक्य के पहले भाग में गतिविधियों का प्रतिनिधित्व करने के लिए Verb + ing (travelling, teaching) की संरचना है।
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'going.'
  • ​​Correct phrase: ........ noticed self-sufficient disabled people going about their daily business, .......

Additional Information  

  • Gerunds are words that are formed with verbs but act as nouns.
  • Present participles do not act as nouns.
  • Instead, they act as modifiers or complete progressive verbs.
  • To find gerunds in sentences, just look for a verb + ing that is used as a noun.
12

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 2.

  1. ((a))

    to carry

  2. ((b))

    carrying

  3. ((c))

    carry

  4. ((d))

    carried

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

to carry

The correct answer is 'to carry.'

Key Points

  • The construction “to + verb” is a formal construction that is used either a) to give an instruction or command, or b) to tell what is going to happen in the future.
  • An infinitive verb is essentially the base form of a verb with the word "to" in front of it.
  • When you use an infinitive verb, the "to" is a part of the verb and it is not acting as a preposition in this case.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'to carry.'
  • ​​Correct phrase: ........ ess, often using donkeys to carry pots, pans and other wares to be sold.

Additional Information 

 

  • Infinitives are never conjugated with -ed or -ing at the end because they are not used as verbs in a sentence.
  • They’re one of the three types of verbals, which are verbs used as an adjective, noun or adverb.
  • The other verbals are gerunds and participles.

Hinglish

  • ​Construction “to + verb” एक औपचारिक निर्माण है जिसका उपयोग या तो ए) निर्देश या आदेश देने के लिए किया जाता है, या बी) यह बताने के लिए कि भविष्य में क्या होने वाला है।
  • एक इनफिनिटिव क्रिया अनिवार्य रूप से एक क्रिया का मूल रूप है जिसके सामने "to" शब्द होता है।
  • जब आप एक इनफिनिटिव क्रिया का उपयोग करते हैं, तो 'to' क्रिया का एक हिस्सा है और यह इस मामले में एक पूर्वसर्ग के रूप में कार्य नहीं कर रहा है।
13

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 3.

  1. ((a))

    She

  2. ((b))

    It

  3. ((c))

    You

  4. ((d))

    They

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

She

The correct answer is 'She.'

Key Points

  • After studying the whole passage, it can be understood that the passage is talking about 'Bonnie Bergin' who is a feminine character.
  • We use personal pronouns in place of noun phrases.
  • We often use them to refer back to people and things that we have already identified.
  • ExamplePeter complained to the chef about the meal. She wasn’t very helpful so he spoke to the manager.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'She.'
  • ​​Correct phrase: She later returned to the  United States .......

Additional Information 

  

  • Personal pronouns show person and number.
  • He, she, him and her show gender.
  • They have different subject and object forms (except you, it and one which have only one form).

Hinglish

  • ​पूरे पैसेज का अध्ययन करने के बाद, यह समझा जा सकता है कि पैसेज 'बोनी बर्गिन' के बारे में बात कर रहा है जो एक स्त्री चरित्र है।
  • हम संज्ञा वाक्यांशों के स्थान पर personal pronouns का उपयोग करते हैं।
  • हम अक्सर उनका उपयोग उन लोगों और चीजों को संदर्भित करने के लिए करते हैं जिन्हें हम पहले ही पहचान चुके हैं।
  • Example: Peter complained to the chef about the meal. She wasn’t very helpful so he spoke to the manager.
14

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 4.

  1. ((a))

    begin

  2. ((b))

    beginning

  3. ((c))

    to begin

  4. ((d))

    began

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

to begin

The correct answer is 'to begin.'

Key Points

  • The construction “to + verb” is a formal construction that is used either a) to give an instruction or command, or b) to tell what is going to happen in the future.
  • An infinitive verb is essentially the base form of a verb with the word "to" in front of it.
  • When you use an infinitive verb, the "to" is a part of the verb and it is not acting as a preposition in this case.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'to begin.'
  • ​​Correct phrase: ...... the  United States to begin work on a master's degree in special education.

Additional Information 

<br>

 

  • Infinitives are never conjugated with -ed or -ing at the end because they are not used as verbs in a sentence.
  • They’re one of the three types of verbals, which are verbs used as an adjective, noun or adverb.
  • The other verbals are gerunds and participles.

Hinglish 

  • ​Construction “to + verb” एक औपचारिक निर्माण है जिसका उपयोग या तो ए) निर्देश या आदेश देने के लिए किया जाता है, या बी) यह बताने के लिए कि भविष्य में क्या होने वाला है।
  • एक इनफिनिटिव क्रिया अनिवार्य रूप से एक क्रिया का मूल रूप है जिसके सामने "to" शब्द होता है।
  • जब आप एक इनफिनिटिव क्रिया का उपयोग करते हैं, तो 'to' क्रिया का एक हिस्सा है और यह इस मामले में एक पूर्वसर्ग के रूप में कार्य नहीं कर रहा है।
15

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 5.

  1. ((a))

    supposed

  2. ((b))

    thought

  3. ((c))

    felt

  4. ((d))

    assumed

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

thought

The correct answer is 'thought.'

Key Points

  • The meaning of the phrase 'think hard' is to take the time needed to understand something before making a decision about it.
  • Phrase 'think hard' का अर्थ है किसी बात के बारे में निर्णय लेने से पहले उसे समझने के लिए आवश्यक समय निकालना।
  • ExampleI thought hard about it, and decided that I wouldn't have the operation.
  • ​​Therefore, the correct answer is 'thought.'
  • The correct phrase: "I thought hard about what could be done to get such ............

Additional Information

  • Let's explore some other phrases with 'think':
  • Think back: have got another think coming.
  • Think aloud: to verbalize one's thoughts.
16

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 6.

  1. ((a))

    men

  2. ((b))

    people

  3. ((c))

    persons

  4. ((d))

    women

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

people

The correct answer is 'people.'

Key Points

  • In this sentence, we are referring to human beings in general or considered collectively.
  • इस वाक्य में हम सामान्य रूप से या सामूहिक रूप से माने जाने वाले मनुष्य की बात कर रहे हैं।
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'people.'
  • ​​Correct phrase: ........ what could be done to get such people out of institutions and onto the streets, getting jobs, .......

Additional Information 

  

  • People is used when referring to a collective group or indeterminate number, and persons serves better when referring to individuals (or a number of individuals).
  • Example: I saw three people standing on the corner.

                Any person or persons found in possession of illegal substances will be prosecuted.

17

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 7.

  1. ((a))

    because

  2. ((b))

    but

  3. ((c))

    and

  4. ((d))

    so

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

and

The correct answer is 'and.'

Key Points

  • When we use because, we are focusing on the reason.
  • जब हम because उपयोग करते हैं क्योंकि, हम कारण पर ध्यान केंद्रित कर रहे हैं।
  • Example: She spoke quietly because she didn't want Catherine to hear.
  • But is used to introduce an added statement, usually something that is different from what you have said before.
  • But का उपयोग एक अतिरिक्त कथन को पेश करने के लिए किया जाता है, आमतौर पर कुछ ऐसा जो आपके द्वारा पहले कही गई बातों से अलग होता है।
  • ExampleShe's very hard-working but not very imaginative.
  • ​And is used to join two words, phrases, parts of sentences, or related statements together.
  • And दो शब्दों, वाक्यांशों, वाक्यों के हिस्सों या संबंधित कथनों को एक साथ जोड़ने के लिए उपयोग किया जाता है।
  • ExampleWe kissed and hugged each other.
  • So is used at the beginning of a sentence to connect it with something that has been said or has happened previously.
  • So, एक वाक्य की शुरुआत में इसे किसी ऐसी चीज से जोड़ने के लिए प्रयोग किया जाता है जो पहले कही गई है या हो चुकी है।
  • ExampleSo, just to finish what I was saying earlier.
  • ​​Therefore, the correct answer is 'and.'
  • The correct phrase: ........ getting jobs, and it came to me: dogs," says Bergin, ............

Additional Information 

  • In grammar, a conjunction is a word or group of words that joins together words, groups, or clauses.
  • In English, there are co-ordinating conjunctions such as 'and' and 'but', and subordinating conjunctions such as 'although', 'because', and 'when'.
18

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 8.

  1. ((a))

    that

  2. ((b))

    who

  3. ((c))

    which

  4. ((d))

    whom

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

who

The correct answer is 'who.'

Key Points 

  • A defining clause (also called an essential clause or a restrictive clause) gives information essential to the meaning of the sentence.
  • That is used in defining clauses.
  • Which introduces non-defining clauses.
  • Unlike defining clauses, non-defining clauses (also called nonessential or nonrestrictive clauses) don’t limit the meaning of the sentence.
  • Who should be used to refer to the subject of a sentence.
  • Whom should be used to refer to the object of a verb or preposition.
  • Here, we are referring to the subject Bonnie Bergin.
  • ​​Therefore, the correct answer is 'and.'
  • The correct phrase: ........ dogs," says Bergin,who today is the originator of the service-dog ............

Additional Information 

 

  • Whom should be used to refer to the object of a verb or preposition.
  • When in doubt, try this simple trick:
  • If you can replace the word with “he”' or “'she,” use who.
  • If you can replace it with “him” or “her,” use whom.
  • Who should be used to refer to the subject of a sentence.

Hinglish

  • एक defining clause (जिसे आवश्यक खंड या प्रतिबंधात्मक खंड भी कहा जाता है) वाक्य के अर्थ के लिए आवश्यक जानकारी देता है।
  • That  का प्रयोग ���पवाक्य को परिभाषित करने में किया जाता है।
  • Which, non-defining clauses का परिचय देता है।
  • Defining clauses के विपरीत, non-defining clauses (जिसे गैर-आवश्यक या गैर-प्रतिबंधात्मक खंड भी कहा जाता है) वाक्य के अर्थ को सीमित नहीं करते हैं।
  • वाक्य के विषय को संदर्भित करने के लिए who का उपयोग किया जाना चाहिए।
  • किसी क्रिया या पूर्वसर्ग की वस्तु को संदर्भित करने के लिए whom का उपयोग किया जाना चाहिए।
  • यहां हम बोनी बर्गिन विषय की बात कर रहे हैं।
19

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 9.

  1. ((a))

    concept

  2. ((b))

    perception

  3. ((c))

    impression

  4. ((d))

    assumption

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

concept

The correct answer is 'concept.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meanings of the given words:
  • Concept: an abstract idea. (एक अमूर्त विचार।)
  • Perception: the ability to see, hear, or become aware of something through the senses. (इंद्रियों के माध्यम से किसी चीज को देखने, सुनने या जानने की क्षमता।)
  • Impression: an idea, feeling, or opinion about something or someone, especially one formed without conscious thought or on the basis of little evidence. (किसी चीज या किसी व्यक्ति के बारे में एक विचार, भावना या राय, विशेष रूप से बिना सचेत विचार के या थोड़े साक्ष्य के आधार पर बनाई गई।)
  • Assumption: a thing that is accepted as true or as certain to happen, without proof. (ऐसी बात जिसे बिना प्रमाण के सत्य या निश्चित होने के रूप में स्वीकार किया जाता है।)
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'concept.'
  • The correct phrase: ..... t**oday is the originator of the service-dog concept.

Additional Information 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'originator' isa person who creates or initiates something.
  • Example: Wegener was the originator of the theory of continental drift.
20

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 10.

  1. ((a))

    from

  2. ((b))

    of

  3. ((c))

    for

  4. ((d))

    with

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

from

The correct answer is 'from.'

Key Points 

  • We use from to refer to the place where someone or something starts or originates:
  • ExampleWe get our vegetables from the farm shop.
  • We use of when we want to show that people or things relate to other things or people.
  • ExampleTiffany stared at the floor of her room.
  • We use for to talk about a purpose or a reason for something.
  • Example: I’m going for some breakfast. I’m really hungry.
  • You can use 'with' when you're talking about people, or things being together.
  • Example: She arrived with her boyfriend.
  • Therefore, the preposition 'from' should be used to make the sentence grammatically correct.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'from.'
  • ​​Correct sentence: She ran into fierce resistance from academics and professionals at first who said ‘Dogs spread disease’.

 Additional Information  

  • A preposition is a word or group of words used before a noun, pronoun, or noun phrase to show direction, time, place, location, spatial relationships, or to introduce an object.
  • Some examples of prepositions are words like "in," "at," "on," "of," and "to."
  • Example: I live in Raipur.

Hinglish 

  • हम from का उपयोग उस स्थान को संदर्भित करने के लिए करते हैं जहां कोई या कुछ शुरू होता है या उत्पन्न होता है।
  • Example: We get our vegetables from the farm shop.
  • हम of का उपयोग तब करते हैं जब हम यह दिखाना चाहते हैं कि लोग या चीजें अन्य चीजों या लोगों से संबंधित हैं।
  • Example: Tiffany stared at the floor of her room.
  • हम किसी उद्देश्य या किसी कारण के बारे में बात करने के लिए preposition for उपयोग करते हैं।
  • Example: I’m going for some breakfast. I’m really hungry.
  • जब आप लोगों या चीजों के एक साथ होने की बात कर रहे हों तो आप 'with' का उपयोग कर सकते हैं
  • Example: She arrived with her boyfriend.
  • इसलिए वाक्य को व्याकरणिक रूप से शुद्ध करने के लिए preposition 'from' का प्रयोग करना चाहिए।

Direction: Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.

A book by the Indian ambassador in the Netherlands highlights the historical and current exchanges that define the relationship between the two countries. The first book in which Malayalam appears in print is the ‘Hortus Malabaricus’ (Garden of Malabar), a 12-volume treatise, written in Latin and published in Amsterdam from 1678 to1693. Compiled over a period of 30 years, under directions from Hendrik van Rheede, a naturalist and colonial administrator, who was at the time the governor of Dutch Malabar, the Hortus Malabaricus gives a comprehensive account of the flora of the Malabar region, along with their properties and detailed sketches. Malayalam appears in this multilingual book, along with other languages that were common currency at the time, including Arabic and Konkani.

The Hortus Malabaricus was an important document of its time, as Venu Rajamony writes in his new book ‘India and the Netherlands: Past, Present and Future’, “the product of a multinational and multicultural team of botanical experts.” Yet, it remained lost to the public until a botany scholar from Calicut, KS Manilal, learned Latin and translated it first into English in 2003 and into Malayalam in 2008. Highlighting such instances of the Indo-Dutch artistic and cultural exchange through the last 400 years was the prime reason why Rajamony, who has been the Ambassador of India to the Netherlands, thought of writing this book. The book was released on 30 September 2019.

The connection between India and the Netherlands begins with the Dutch Golden Age, when the latter was a flourishing centre for commercial and artistic endeavours. Following Spain, Portugal and Great Britain, it also emerged as one of the great maritime nations of the world, establishing a far-flung empire thanks to the ventures of the Dutch East India Company. Over the course of his research for the book, Rajamony says, one of the things that surprised him was how taken the great Dutch master Rembrandt was with Indian miniature paintings, collecting them and even making drawings inspired by them. “I was pleasantly surprised to discover this as Rembrandt is considered an absolute master, who would only have made originals. It is very rare that a master like him would copy other artworks,” says Rajamony. According to him, this fact is indicative of the high esteem in which Indian art was held in Europe.

21

Which statement is NOT true about ‘Hortus Malabaricus’?

  1. ((a))

    It is a 12-volume treatise, written in Latin.

  2. ((b))

    Many languages like Malayalam, Konkani and Arabic appear in the book.

  3. ((c))

    It gives a comprehensive account of the life in the Malabar region.

  4. ((d))

    It was a product of a multinational and multicultural team of botanical experts.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

It gives a comprehensive account of the life in the Malabar region.

The correct answer is 'It gives a comprehensive account of the life in the Malabar region.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the second sentence of the first paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' The first book in which Malayalam appears in print is the ‘Hortus Malabaricus’ (Garden of Malabar), a 12-volume treatise, written in Latin and published in Amsterdam from 1678 to1693.'
  • Let's have a look at the last sentence of the first paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' Malayalam appears in this multilingual book, along with other languages that were common currency at the time, including Arabic and Konkani.'
  • Let's have a look at the first sentence of the second paragraph of the passage: 
  • The Hortus Malabaricus was an important document of its time, as Venu Rajamony writes in his new book ‘India and the Netherlands: Past, Present and Future’, “the product of a multinational and multicultural team of botanical experts.”
  • ​​It can be concluded from the above lines that the statement '​It gives a comprehensive account of the life in the Malabar region.' is incorrect about ‘Hortus Malabaricus’.
  • उपरोक्त पंक्ति से यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि statement '​It gives a comprehensive account of the life in the Malabar region.', हॉर्टस मालाबारिकस के बारे में गलत है।
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'It gives a comprehensive account of the life in the Malabar region.'

Additional Information  

  • The meaning of the word 'comprehensive' is including everything or nearly everything that is connected with a particular subject. ('Comprehensive' शब्द का अर्थ है विषय विशेष से जुड़े सभी पक्षों सहित; व्‍यापक, विस्‍तृत।).
  • Example: We offer you a comprehensive training in all aspects of the business.
22

Which of the following about Rembrant greatly surprised Rajamony and also made him happy?

  1. ((a))

    That Rembrandt, considered as the master, copied the Indian miniature paintings

  2. ((b))

    That Rembrandt was a great Dutch artist

  3. ((c))

    That Rembrandt had inspired the Indian miniature paintings

  4. ((d))

    That Rembrandt collected Indian miniature paintings

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

That Rembrandt collected Indian miniature paintings

The correct answer is 'That Rembrandt collected Indian miniature paintings.'

Key Points

  • Rajamony was surprised to learn that Rembrandt, an esteemed artist, collected Indian miniature paintings.
  • He found it rare and unexpected, as Rembrandt was considered a master who typically created original works.
  • This discovery made Rajamony happy, indicating his appreciation for the significance of Rembrandt's interest in Indian art.
  • Rembrandt's collection of Indian miniature paintings reflects the high esteem in which Indian art was held in Europe during that time.
  •  Hence, the correct answer is Option 4.

Additional Information 

 

 

  • The word 'miniature' is used to describe something that is a very small copy of an object. ('Miniature' शब्द का प्रयोग किसी ऐसी चीज का वर्णन करने के लिए किया जाता है जो किसी वस्तु की बहुत छोटी प्रति होती है।).
  • Example: I bought some miniature furniture for my niece's doll's house.
23

What inspired Rajamony to write his new book ‘India and the Netherlands: Past, Present and Future’?

  1. ((a))

    The rule of the Dutch East India Company over Malabar in the 17th century.

  2. ((b))

    His being the ambassador of India to the Netherlands.

  3. ((c))

    Instances of the Indo-Dutch artistic and cultural exchange through the last 400 years.

  4. ((d))

    The fact that ‘Hortus Malabaricus’ remained lost to the world for almost three centuries.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Instances of the Indo-Dutch artistic and cultural exchange through the last 400 years.

The correct answer is 'Instances of the Indo-Dutch artistic and cultural exchange through the last 400 years.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the third sentence of the second paragraph of the passage:   
  • 'Highlighting such instances of the Indo-Dutch artistic and cultural exchange through the last 400 years was the prime reason why Rajamony, who has been the Ambassador of India to the Netherlands, thought of writing this book. The book was released on 30 September 2019.'
  • It can be concluded from the above lines that instances of the Indo-Dutch artistic and cultural exchange through the last 400 years inspired Rajamony to write his new book ‘India and the Netherlands: Past, Present and Future’. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि उपरोक्त पंक्ति से यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि पिछले 400 वर्षों के दौरान भारत-डच कलात्मक और सांस्कृतिक आदान-प्रदान के उदाहरणों ने राजामोनी को अपनी नई पुस्तक 'इंडिया एंड द नीदरलैंड्स: पास्ट, प्रेजेंट एंड फ्यूचर' लिखने के लिए प्रेरित किया।).
  •  Hence, the correct answer is 'Instances of the Indo-Dutch artistic and cultural exchange through the last 400 years.'

Additional Information  

 

 

  • The meaning of word 'instances' is a particular situation, event, or fact, especially an example of something that happens generally. ('Instances' शब्द का अर्थ एक विशेष स्थिति, घटना या तथ्य है, विशेष रूप से किसी ऐसी चीज का उदाहरण जो आम तौर पर होती है।).
  • Example: There have been several instances of violence at the school.
24

The passage is mainly about:

  1. ((a))

    the treatise ‘Hortus Malabaricus’ published in the Netherlands

  2. ((b))

    the book written by the Indian ambassador

  3. ((c))

    the historical relationship between India and the Netherlands

  4. ((d))

    Rajamony, the Indian ambassador to the Netherlands

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

the historical relationship between India and the Netherlands

The correct answer is 'the historical relationship between India and the Netherlands.'

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the author is highlighting the historical and current relationship between India and Netherlands.
  • Passage के अनुसार, लेखक भारत और नीदरलैंड के बीच ऐतिहासिक और वर्तमान संबंधों पर प्रकाश डाल रहा है।
  • The passage is mainly about the historical relationship between India and the Netherlands.
  • Therefore, the correct option is 'the historical relationship between India and the Netherlands.'

 Additional Information 

 

 

  • Let us discuss the meanings of some words:
WordMeaningअर्थ
Treatisea formal piece of writing that considers and examines a particular subject.लेखन का एक औपचारिक टुकड़ा जो किसी विशेष विषय पर विचार करता है और उसकी जांच करता है।
Ambassadoran important official who works in a foreign country representing his or her own country there, and who is officially accepted in this position by that country.एक महत्वपूर्ण अधिकारी जो एक विदेशी देश में काम करता है जो वहां अपने देश का प्रतिनिधित्व करता है, और जिसे उस देश द्वारा आधिकारिक तौर पर इस पद पर स्वीकार किया जाता है।
25

“it also emerged as one of the great maritime nations of the world.” Here the word ‘it’ refers

to:

  1. ((a))

    Spain

  2. ((b))

    Portugal

  3. ((c))

    The Netherlands

  4. ((d))

    India

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

The Netherlands

The correct answer is 'The Netherlands.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the first two sentences of the second paragraph:   
  • ' The connection between India and the Netherlands begins with the Dutch Golden Age, when the latter was a flourishing centre for commercial and artistic endeavours. Following Spain, Portugal and Great Britain, it also emerged as one of the great maritime nations of the world, establishing a far-flung empire thanks to the ventures of the Dutch East India Company.'
  • We commonly use the pronoun it as both a subject and an object pronoun.
  • हम आमतौर पर सर्वनाम it का उपयोग  subject and an object pronoun दोनों के रूप में करते हैं।
  • ​It can be concluded from the above line that here the word ‘it’ refers to The Netherlands. (उपरोक्त पंक्ति से यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि यहाँ it शब्द का तात्पर्य The Netherlands से है।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'The Netherlands'
<br>

Additional Information  

 

  • An object pronoun is not the subject of the sentence.
  • It is usually the object that is affected in some way by the subject of the sentence.
  • ExampleI like to read it.

Direction: Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.

Love of power is, perhaps, an even stronger motive than fear in enticing nations to pursue irrational policies. Although individual boastfulness is considered to be bad manners, national boastfulness is admired at any rate, by the compatriots of those who practise it. Throughout history, great nations have been led to disaster by an unwillingness to admit that their power had limits. World conquest has been a will-o’-the-wisp by which one nation after another has been led to its downfall. Hitler’s Germany is the most recent example. Going backwards in time, we find many other examples, of which Napoleon, Genghis Khan, and Attila are the most noteworthy. When Khrushchev threatens to obliterate the West, I am reminded of past examples of a similar folly.

To spread ruin, misery and death throughout one’s own country as well as that of the enemy is the act of madmen. If East and West could cease their enmity, they could devote their scientific skill to their own welfare, to living without the burden of fear that only their own folly has caused. For it is in the hearts of men that the evil lies. The trouble lies in the minds often, and it is in enlightening the minds of men that the cure must be sought.

There are those who say: ‘War is part of human nature, and human nature cannot be changed. If war means the end of man, we must sigh and submit.’ This is always said by those whose sigh is hypocritical. It is undeniable that there are men and nations to whom violence is attractive, but it is not the case that anything in human nature makes it impossible to restrain such men and nations. Individuals who have a taste for homicide are restrained by the criminal law, and most of us do not find life intolerable because we are not allowed to commit murders. The same is true of nations. Sweden has never been at war since 1814.

None of the Swedes that I have known has shown any sign of suffering from the thwarted instinct for lack of war. Political contests in a civilized country often raise just the kind of issues that would lead to war if they were between different nations. Not long ago, private disputes were often settled by duels, and those who upheld duelling maintained that its abolition would be contrary to human nature. They forgot, as present upholders of war forget, that what is called ‘human nature’ is, in the main, the result of custom and tradition and education, and, in civilized men, only a very tiny fraction is due to primitive instinct. If the world could live for a few generations without war, war would come to seem as absurd as duelling has come to seem to us.

26

Match the words with their closest meanings.

a. obliterate     1. fraudulent

b. entice          2.eradicate

c. hypocritical  3. lure

  1. ((a))

    a - 3, b - 2, c - 1

  2. ((b))

    a - 1, b - 3, c - 2

  3. ((c))

    a - 2, b - 1, c - 3

  4. ((d))

    a - 2, b - 3, c - 1

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

a - 2, b - 3, c - 1

The correct answer is 'a - 2, b - 3, c - 1.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the meanings of the words:
  • Obliterate: to remove all signs of something by destroying or covering it completely. (किसी वस्‍तु के सब चिह्नों को मिटा देना (उन्‍हें पूर्णतया नष्‍ट करना या छिपा देना); मिटाना)
  • Entice: to persuade somebody to do something or to go somewhere by offering him/her something nice. (कुछ इनाम या लालच देकर किसी को कुछ करने के लिए मनाना; लुभाना, फुसलाना।)
  • Hypocritical: saying that you have particular moral beliefs but behaving in a way that shows these are not sincere. (पाखंडपूर्ण।)
  • Fraudulent: obtained, done by, or involving deception, especially criminal deception. (धोखाधड़ी, विशेष रूप से आपराधिक धोखे से प्राप्त, किया या शामिल किया गया।)
  • Eradicate: remove or destroy completely; put an end to. (पूरी तरह से नष्ट; को खत्म कर दें।)
  • Lure: tempt (a person or animal) to do something or to go somewhere, especially by offering some form of reward. (कुछ करने या कहीं जाने के लिए प्रलोभन (एक व्यक्ति या जानवर), विशेष रूप से किसी प्रकार का इनाम देकर।)
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'a - 2, b - 3, c - 1.'
<br>

Additional Information 

 

 

  • Let us look at the antonyms of the given words:
WordAntonym
EradicateImplant
ObliterateCreate
27

According to the passage, war would seem absurd to us if:

  1. ((a))

    we have political contests among nations

  2. ((b))

    we could live without fighting wars for a few years

  3. ((c))

    we impose limitations on the people through law

  4. ((d))

    we settle our disputes by organising duels

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

we could live without fighting wars for a few years

The correct answer is 'we could live without fighting wars for a few years.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the last sentence of the passage:   
  • ' If the world could live for a few generations without war, war would come to seem as absurd as duelling has come to seem to us.'
  • Therefore, ​it can be concluded that according to the passage, war would seem absurd to us if we could live without fighting wars for a few years. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि passage के अनुसार, युद्ध हमें बेतुका लगेगा यदि हम कुछ वर्षों तक युद्ध लड़े बिना रह सकते हैं।।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'we could live without fighting wars for a few years.'

Additional Information 

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'duel' is a contest with deadly weapons arranged between two people in order to settle a point of honour. ('Duel' शब्द का अर्थ है सम्मान के एक बिंदु को निपटाने के लिए दो लोगों के बीच घातक हथियारों के साथ एक प्रतियोगिता की व्यवस्था की गई।).
  • Example: Twice he had seriously wounded men in duels.
28

In this passage the author:

  1. ((a))

    explains that by nature man is fond of war

  2. ((b))

    doesn’t think that there is any element in human nature that cannot be curbed

  3. ((c))

    suggests that man’s instinct for fighting can find expression in duels

  4. ((d))

    thinks that man’s nature is unchangeable

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

doesn’t think that there is any element in human nature that cannot be curbed

The correct answer is 'doesn’t think that there is any element in human nature that cannot be curbed.'

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the author is saying that there is no element in human nature that can be controlled.
  • Therefore, in this passage, the author doesn’t think that there is any element in human nature that cannot be curbed.
  • इसलिए, इस passage में, लेखक यह नहीं सोच��ा है कि मानव स्वभाव में कोई तत्व है जिसे रोका नहीं जा सकता है।
  • Therefore, the correct option is 'doesn’t think that there is any element in human nature that cannot be curbed.'

Additional Information 

<br>

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'curb' is restrain or keep in check.
  • Example: She promised she would curb her temper.
29

Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

  1. ((a))

    Homicidal tendencies of people can be restrained by criminal laws.

  2. ((b))

    If nations could forget their enmity they could live in peace without fear.

  3. ((c))

    As far as war is concerned, the trouble lies in the minds of men.

  4. ((d))

    War cannot be eradicated from the world because it is in human nature.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

War cannot be eradicated from the world because it is in human nature.

The correct answer is 'War cannot be eradicated from the world because it is in human nature.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the fifth sentence of the third paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' Individuals who have a taste for homicide are restrained by the criminal law, and most of us do not find life intolerable because we are not allowed to commit murders.'
  • Let's have a look at the second sentence of the second paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' If East and West could cease their enmity, they could devote their scientific skill to their own welfare, to living without the burden of fear that only their own folly has caused.'
  • ​​It can be concluded from the above lines that the statement 'War cannot be eradicated from the world because it is in human nature.' is not TRUE according to the passage.
  • उपरोक्त पंक्ति से यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि statement 'War cannot be eradicated from the world because it is in human nature.' गलत है।
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'War cannot be eradicated from the world because it is in human nature.'

Additional Information   

  • The meaning of the word 'Eradicate' is to destroy completely; put an end to. ('Eradicate' शब्द का अर्थ है पूरी तरह से नष्ट।).
  • Example: This disease has been eradicated from the world.
30

Many countries have been led to their downfall because their leaders:

  1. ((a))

    have not accepted that their powers have limits

  2. ((b))

    have not been very capable

  3. ((c))

    have boasted of their scientific skills

  4. ((d))

    have under-estimated their power

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

have not accepted that their powers have limits

The correct answer is 'have not accepted that their powers have limits.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the third sentence of the first paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' Throughout history, great nations have been led to disaster by an unwillingness to admit that their power had limits.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that many countries have been led to their downfall because their leaders have not accepted that their powers have limits. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि कई देशों को उनके पतन के लिए प्रेरित किया गया है क्योंकि उनके नेताओं ने यह स्वीकार नहीं किया है कि उनकी शक्तियों की सीमाएं हैं।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'have not accepted that their powers have limits.'
<br>

Additional Information 

  • The meaning of the word 'disaster' is a sudden accident or a natural catastrophe that causes great damage or loss of life. ('Disaster' शब्द का अर्थ है एक अचानक दुर्घटना या एक प्राकृतिक आपदा जो बड़ी क्षति या जीवन की हानि का कारण बनती है।).
  • Example: 13 people died in the disaster.

Direction: Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.

Panchen Lama was just six years old when he was allegedly abducted by the Chinese government on 17 May 1995, along with his family members, after he was recognised by the Dalai Lama as the reincarnation of the 10th Panchen Lama. On the 25th anniversary of his disappearance, the Tibetan government-in-exile on Sunday demanded China to release the 11th Panchen Lama Gedhun Choekyi Nyima, considered to be a reincarnation of Bodhisattva Amitabha.

In a statement issued here, the President of the exiled government, Lobsang Sangay, said China’s abduction of the Panchen Lama and forcible denial of his religious identity and the right to practice in his monastery is not only a violation of religious freedom but also a gross violation of human rights. After orchestrating the disappearance of the 11th Panchen Lama, Sangay alleged that China, a self-declared atheist government and infamous for its persecution of religious groups, placed a young boy, Gyaltsen Norbu, as their own 11th Panchen Lama.

“This politically-motivated action failed, however, to displace the position of the true Panchen Lama from the hearts and minds of the Tibetan people. For Tibetans and Buddhists around the world, Gedhun Choekyi Nyima will always be the true Panchen Lama,” he added. Today marks the 25th anniversary of the 11th Panchen Lama’s disappearance, said Sangay, adding that 25 years is a significant time in an individual’s life. He said the communist government must honour its claim of ethnic harmony in China by fulfilling the aspirations of the Tibetan people. “It must right the wrong and release the 11th Panchen Lama along with his family, Chadrel Rinpoche, and all Tibetans unjustly imprisoned,” he said while appealing to the international community to make a concerted effort to press China to release Nyima and resolve the critical human rights situation in Tibet.

31

What is the real name of the Panchen Lama imprisoned by China?

  1. ((a))

    Gedhun Choekyi Nyima

  2. ((b))

    Bodhisattva Amitabha

  3. ((c))

    Gyaltsen Norbu

  4. ((d))

    Lobsang Sangay

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Gedhun Choekyi Nyima

The correct answer is 'Gedhun Choekyi Nyima.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the second sentence of the first paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' On the 25th anniversary of his disappearance, the Tibetan government-in-exile on Sunday demanded China to release the 11th Panchen Lama Gedhun Choekyi Nyima, considered to be a reincarnation of Bodhisattva Amitabha.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that the real name of the Panchen Lama imprisoned by China is Gedhun Choekyi Nyima. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि चीन द्वारा कैद किए गए पंचेन लामा का असली नाम गेधुन चोएक्यी न्यिमा है।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'Gedhun Choekyi Nyima.'

Additional Information 

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'appreciate' is to recognize the full worth of. ('Appreciate' शब्द का अर्थ है पूर्ण मूल्य को पहचानना।).
  • Example: She feels that he does not appreciate her.
32

After reading this passage, it can be inferred that it is:

  1. ((a))

    an appeal

  2. ((b))

    a government statement

  3. ((c))

    an article

  4. ((d))

    a news item

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

a news item

The correct answer is 'a news item.'

Key Points

  • A news item discusses the current or recent news of either general interest or of a specific topic (i.e. political or trade news magazines, club newsletters, or technology news websites).
  • एक news item, या तो सामान्य रुचि या किसी विशिष्ट विषय (यानी राजनीतिक या व्यापार समाचार पत्रिकाएं, क्लब समाचार पत्र, या प्रौद्योगिकी समाचार वेबसाइट) की वर्तमान या हाल की खबरों पर चर्चा करती है।
  • After reading this passage, it can be inferred that it is a news item.
  • Therefore, the correct option is 'a news item.'

 Additional Information 

 

  • A government statement is a declaration of a government's political activities, plans and intentions relating to a concrete cause or, at the assumption of office, an entire legislative session.
  • In certain countries, they are announced by the head of government or a minister of the parliament.
33

“This politically-motivated action failed.” Which action is being referred to here?

  1. ((a))

    Persecution of religious groups by the Chinese government

  2. ((b))

    Placing of Gyaltsen Norbu as the 11th Panchen Lama by China

  3. ((c))

    Abduction of Panchen Lama along with his family

  4. ((d))

    Imprisonment of Chadrel Rinpoche and other Tibetans

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Placing of Gyaltsen Norbu as the 11th Panchen Lama by China

The correct answer is 'Placing of Gyaltsen Norbu as the 11th Panchen Lama by China.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the second sentence of the second paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' After orchestrating the disappearance of the 11th Panchen Lama, Sangay alleged that China, a self-declared atheist government and infamous for its persecution of religious groups, placed a young boy, Gyaltsen Norbu, as their own 11th Panchen Lama.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that the statement “This politically-motivated action failed.” is referring to placing of Gyaltsen Norbu as the 11th Panchen Lama by China. (उपरोक्त पंक्ति से यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि statement “This politically-motivated action failed.” ग्यालत्सेन नोरबू को चीन द्वारा 11वें पंचेन लामा के रूप में रखने का जिक्र कर रहा है।

uparokt pankti se yah nishkarsh ।).

  • Hence, the correct answer is 'Placing of Gyaltsen Norbu as the 11th Panchen Lama by China.'

Additional Information 

 

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'placing' is the action of putting something in position or the fact of being positioned. ('Placing' शब्द का अर्थ है किसी चीज को स्थिति में रखने की क्रिया या स्थिति होने का तथ्य।).
  • Example: Placing a child in public care is sometimes the only solution to ill-treatment in the natural home.
34

Select the option which is NOT true:

The abduction of Panchen Lama and his family by China is an act of:

  1. ((a))

    establishing ethnic harmony

  2. ((b))

    persecution of a religious group

  3. ((c))

    violation of religious freedom of Tibetans

  4. ((d))

    gross violation of human rights

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

establishing ethnic harmony

The correct answer is 'establishing ethnic harmony'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the first sentence of the second paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' In a statement issued here, the President of the exiled government, Lobsang Sangay, said China’s abduction of the Panchen Lama and forcible denial of his religious identity and the right to practice in his monastery is not only a violation of religious freedom but also a gross violation of human rights.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that the abduction of Panchen Lama and his family by China is not an act of establishing ethnic harmony. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि चीन द्वारा पंचेन लामा और उनके परिवार का अपहरण जातीय सद्भाव स्थापित करने का एक कार्य है।).
  • You need to select the option which is not true.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'establishing ethnic harmony'

Additional Information  

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'ethnic' is relating to a population subgroup (within a larger or dominant national or cultural group) with a common national or cultural tradition. ('Ethnic' शब्द का अर्थ है एक सामान्य राष्ट्रीय या सांस्कृतिक परंपरा के साथ एक जनसंख्या उपसमूह (एक बड़े या प्रमुख राष्ट्रीय या सांस्कृतिक समूह के भीतर) से संबंधित।).
  • Example: A question on ethnic origin was included in the census.
35

What is the demand of the Tibetan Government-in-exile?

  1. ((a))

    China should release the 11th Panchen Lama along with his family.

  2. ((b))

    China should place Gyaltsen Norbu as the 11th Panchen Lama.

  3. ((c))

    China should celebrate the 25th anniversary of the 11th Panchen Lama’s disappearance.

  4. ((d))

    China should recognise Panchen Lama as the reincarnation of Bodhisattva.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

China should release the 11th Panchen Lama along with his family.

The correct answer is 'China should release the 11th Panchen Lama along with his family.'

Key Points 

  • Let's have a look at the second sentence of the first paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' On the 25th anniversary of his disappearance, the Tibetan government-in-exile on Sunday demanded China to release the 11th Panchen Lama Gedhun Choekyi Nyima, considered to be a reincarnation of Bodhisattva Amitabha.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that the demand of the Tibetan Government-in-exile is China should release the 11th Panchen Lama along with his family. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि निर्वासित तिब्बती सरकार की मांग है कि चीन 11वें पंचेन लामा को उनके परिवार के साथ रिहा करे।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'China should release the 11th Panchen Lama along with his family.'
<br>

Additional Information 

  • The meaning of the word 'reincarnation' is a person or animal in whom a particular soul is believed to have been reborn. ('Reincarnation' शब्द का अर्थ है ऐसा व्यक्ति या जानवर जिसमें किसी विशेष आत्मा का पुनर्जन्म हुआ माना जाता है।).
  • Example: Hindus and Buddhists believe in reincarnation.

Direction: Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.

First, thousands of flamingos coloured the Talawe wetlands near NRI Complex in Navi Mumbai pink during the lockdown, their numbers bolstered by the sheer lack of human activity. Now, the water in part of the wetland itself has turned pink, probably due to an explosive blooming of red algae that thrives in saline water, especially as the summer picks up and the wetland loses water. The deep pink water, located towards the south-eastern end of the wetland, was spotted on14 May 2020. The pink water was not there till late last week. The bloom has been identified as a rare and first-of-its-kind occurrence for Mumbai Metropolitan Region by the Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS) which plans to take samples of the water for study. However, a local resident, Seema Tania from NRI Complex, Seawoods, said she had spotted the pink wash across a much larger area at the same creek in 2016.“Almost 500-600m patch of the creek turned bright pink and we thought chemicals had been dumped in the creek,” she said.

BNHS and independent microbiologists presume that the colour is from microscopic algae. “Owing to high salinity in the area, it looks like an algal bloom. Our researchers have never witnessed something like this along Mumbai’s creeks,” said Deepak Apte, director, BNHS. “Around the world, such a phenomenon has been observed regularly with red algae but it has to be investigated how it has appeared along the Mumbai creek.”

Flamingos are known to feed on this algae, crustaceans, shrimp, and aquatic plants, which gives them the pink colour, said Apte. Dr P Sathiyaselvam, assistant director (wetland conservation), BNHS said, “This is clearly an algal bloom. We have observed the same at the northern portion of Chilika Lake (in Odisha) during the early winter months over the years, and also towards the northern end of wetlands in Thoothukudi in Tamil Nadu.” “This is a natural phenomenon. The vigorous growth of algae or bacteria having beta-carotene gives this type of characteristic colouration to the water. It is also related to increased evaporation, salinity, and the current hot and humid weather conditions,” said Rahul Khot, assistant director (in charge of the flamingo monitoring program).

Ornithologist, naturalist and writer Sunjoy Monga said a similar discolouration of water with a pink hue was witnessed at a flamingo habitat in Porbandar in May 2007. “This happened at the edges of the creek cramped with flamingos with high salinity displaying a pinkish maroon wash to it.” A similar example of what has been observed in Navi Mumbai was recently witnessed across a massive stretch at the Edgars Creek in Melbourne, Australia, that started on 10 May and intensified subsequently. The source of the pink water is being investigated, the Epoch Times reported. Other examples of changing watercolour to pink across a much larger area have been observed at Cameron Falls in Waterton Lakes National Park, Canada and the Dead Sea, a salt lake between Israel and Jordan, to name a few.

36

Which of the following individuals thinks that the presence of beta-carotene in the algae gives the water its pink colour?

  1. ((a))

    Dr. P Sathiyaselvam

  2. ((b))

    Deepak Apte

  3. ((c))

    Sunjoy Monga

  4. ((d))

    Rahul Khot

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Rahul Khot

The correct answer is 'Rahul Khot.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the fourth sentence of the third paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' The vigorous growth of algae or bacteria having beta-carotene gives this type of characteristic colouration to the water. It is also related to increased evaporation, salinity, and the current hot and humid weather conditions,” said Rahul Khot, assistant director (in charge of the flamingo monitoring program).'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that Rahul Khot thinks that the presence of beta-carotene in the algae gives the water its pink colour. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि राहुल खोत सोचते हैं कि शैवाल में बीटा-कैरोटीन की उपस्थिति पानी को गुलाबी रंग देती है।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'Rahul Khot.'
<br>

Additional Information  

 

  • The meaning of the word 'vigorous' is very forceful or energetic. ('Vigorous' शब्द का अर्थ है बहुत जोरदार या ऊर्जावान।).
  • Example: There has been vigorous opposition to the proposals for a new road.
37

The explanation for the pink water, as given by most scientists, is that it is due to:

  1. ((a))

    the chemicals dumped in the creek

  2. ((b))

    highly humid and hot weather conditions

  3. ((c))

    an explosion of red algae blooming in the saline water

  4. ((d))

    shrimps, crustaceans and some aquatic plants

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

an explosion of red algae blooming in the saline water

The correct answer is 'an explosion of red algae blooming in the saline water​.'

Key Points 

  • Let's have a look at the second sentence of the second paragraph of the passage:   
  • '“Owing to high salinity in the area, it looks like an algal bloom. Our researchers have never witnessed something like this along Mumbai’s creeks,” said Deepak Apte, director, BNHS.
  • It can be concluded from the above line that the explanation for the pink water, as given by most scientists, is that it is due to an explosion of red algae blooming in the saline water. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि गुलाबी पानी की व्याख्या, जैसा कि अधिकांश वैज्ञानिक देते हैं, यह है कि यह खारे पानी में खिलने वाले लाल शैवाल के विस्फोट के कारण होता है।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'an explosion of red algae blooming in the saline water​.'

Additional Information

<br>

 

  • The meaning of the word 'witness' is to see something happen, especially an accident or crime. ('Witness' शब्द का अर्थ है कुछ होता हुआ देखना, विशेष रूप से दुर्घटना या अपराध।).
  • Example: They were staying in the capital at the time of the riots and witnessed several street battles.
38

The main theme of the passage is:

  1. ((a))

    where the phenomenon of pink water occurs in the world

  2. ((b))

    why the water in some parts of Mumbai wetland has turned pink

  3. ((c))

    how the flamingos get their pink colour

  4. ((d))

    what the flamingos feed on

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

why the water in some parts of Mumbai wetland has turned pink

The correct answer is 'why the water in some parts of Mumbai wetland has turned pink.'

Key Points

  • The passage is trying to find out the reasons for changing the wetland of some parts of Mumbai into pink.
  • It can be concluded from the passage that the main theme of the passage is why the water in some parts of Mumbai wetland has turned pink. (परिच्छेद से यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि मार्ग का मुख्य विषय यह है कि मुंबई आर्द्रभूमि के कुछ हिस्सों में पानी गुलाबी क्यों हो गया है।)
  • Therefore, the correct option is 'why the water in some parts of Mumbai wetland has turned pink.'

Additional Information 

 

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'phenomenon' is something that exists and can be seen, felt, tasted, etc., especially something unusual or interesting.
  • ExampleGravity is a natural phenomenon.
39

Which statement is NOT true according to the passage?

  1. ((a))

    The phenomenon of pink water has been seen in Chilika lake, Odisha and Thoothukudi in Tamil Nadu also.

  2. ((b))

    Similar phenomenon was recently witnessed across a massive stretch at the Edgars Creek in Melbourne, Australia.

  3. ((c))

    Similar discolouration of water with a pink hue was witnessed at a flamingo habitat in Porbandar in May 2007.

  4. ((d))

    The phenomenon of pink water has occurred in Mumbai wetland for the first time.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The phenomenon of pink water has occurred in Mumbai wetland for the first time.

The correct answer is 'The phenomenon of pink water has occurred in Mumbai wetland for the first time​.'

Key Points 

  • Let's have a look at the few sentences of the third paragraph of the passage:   
  • Flamingos are known to feed on this algae, crustaceans, shrimp, and aquatic plants, which gives them the pink colour, said Apte. Dr P Sathiyaselvam, assistant director (wetland conservation), BNHS said, “This is clearly an algal bloom. We have observed the same at the northern portion of Chilika Lake (in Odisha) during the early winter months over the years, and also towards the northern end of wetlands in Thoothukudi in Tamil Nadu.”
  • Let's have a look at the third sentence of the last paragraph of the passage:
  • 'A similar example of what has been observed in Navi Mumbai was recently witnessed across a massive stretch at the Edgars Creek in Melbourne, Australia, that started on 10 May and intensified subsequently.'
  • ​Let's have a look at the first sentence of the last paragraph of the passage:
  • ​Ornithologist, naturalist and writer Sunjoy Monga said a similar discolouration of water with a pink hue was witnessed at a flamingo habitat in Porbandar in May 2007. 
  • It can be concluded from the above line that the statement 'The phenomenon of pink water has occurred in Mumbai wetland for the first time.' is NOT true according to the passage. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि statement 'The phenomenon of pink water has occurred in Mumbai wetland for the first time.' गद्यांश के अनुसार सत्य नहीं है।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is  'The phenomenon of pink water has occurred in Mumbai wetland for the first time.'

Additional Information 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'phenomenon' is something that exists and can be seen, felt, tasted, etc., especially something unusual or interesting.
  • Example: Gravity is a natural phenomenon.
40

After reading the passage, it can be inferred that the:

  1. ((a))

    phenomenon of algal bloom is unique to Mumbai

  2. ((b))

    water in Talawe wetland turned pink because of flamingos

  3. ((c))

    scientists are unaware of the occurrence ofred algae bloom

  4. ((d))

    source of pink water at Edgar’s creek has not yet been determined

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

source of pink water at Edgar’s creek has not yet been determined

The correct answer is 'source of pink water at Edgar’s creek has not yet been determined.'

Key Points

  • The passage is talking about the source of origin of Pink water and the determination of the source of pink water at Edgar's creek is still uncertain.
  • It can be concluded from the passage that after reading the passage, it can be inferred that the source of pink water at Edgar’s creek has not yet been determined.
  • परिच्छेद से यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि passage को पढ़ने के बाद, यह अनुमान लगाया जा सकता है कि एडगर की खाड़ी में गुलाबी पानी का स्रोत अभी तक निर्धारित नहीं किया गया है।
  • Therefore, the correct option is 'source of pink water at Edgar’s creek has not yet been determined.'

 Additional Information 

 

  • The meaning of 'determine' is to control or influence something directly, or to decide what will happen.
  • ExampleThe number of staff we can take on will be determined by how much money we're allowed to spend.

Direction: Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.

Western MP has received 1,335.4 millimetres of average rainfall from June 1 to September 25, 58% more than the region’s historical normal of 845.3 mm for this period. However, the real story lies in the month-wise figures. In June, the opening month of the southwest monsoon season, the rains were actually 25.6% below the long-period average. In July, they were 31.2% above average. That surplus rose to 63.6% in August, while a whopping 158% more, so far in September.

The monsoon has taken its toll mainly on soybean. According to the Union agriculture ministry’s data, a total area of 113.449 lakh hectares (LH) has been planted under this leguminous oilseed in the current Kharif season, with the bulk of it accounted for by MP (55.16 LH), Maharashtra (39.595 LH) and Rajasthan (10.608 LH). Within MP, the main soybean-growing districts are Ujjain, Dewas, Indore, Dhar, Ratlam, Mandsaur, Rajgarh, Shajapur, Sehore and Vidisha. The crop in low-lying areas is the one that has been worst affected.

“Farmers who had sown early-maturity (80-90 days duration) varieties such as JS 9560 and JS 2034 just after mid-June will take the biggest hit. Their crop would already have matured; the longer it remains in the field, the more the chances of the grain rotting. Also, these farmers will not be able to save this grain for use as seed next year,” admits V S Bhatia, director of the Indian Institute of Soybean Research at Indore.

On the other hand, longer-duration varieties maturing in 95-105 days, like JS 20-69, NRC 86 and JS 97-52, are unlikely to suffer major yield loss, as their grain is not fully ripe yet for harvesting. Moreover, since the rains were poor in June, much of sowing anyway took place in July, thereby further reducing the likelihood of damage. “The vegetative growth and pod formation have been very good. As of now, the overall loss may be 10-15% and the areas where the crop is still good should compensate for those badly impacted,” adds Bhatia.

41

Which of the following is a short-duration variety of soybean maturing in 80-90 days?

  1. ((a))

    JS 97-52

  2. ((b))

    NRC 86

  3. ((c))

    JS 9560

  4. ((d))

    JS 20-69

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

JS 9560

The correct answer is 'to maintain a high level of readiness and their ability to respond on short notice.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the third paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' “Farmers who had sown early-maturity (80-90 days duration) varieties such as JS 9560 and JS 2034 just after mid-June will take the biggest hit. Their crop would already have matured; the longer it remains in the field, the more the chances of the grain rotting. Also, these farmers will not be able to save this grain for use as seed next year,” admits V S Bhatia, director of the Indian Institute of Soybean Research at Indore.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that JS 9560 ​is a short-duration variety of soybean maturing in 80-90 days. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि JS 9560 सोयाबीन की एक छोटी अवधि की किस्म है जो 80-90 दिनों में पक जाती है।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'to maintain a high level of readiness and their ability to respond on short notice.'
<br>

Additional Information 

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'readiness' is the state of being ready or prepared. ('Preparedness' शब्द का अर्थ है (किसी बात के लिए) तत्‍परता या मुस्‍तैदी।).
  • Example: The company has declared its readiness to fight a challenge in the courts.
42

In which month, according to the passage, has the rainfall been the maximum?

  1. ((a))

    June

  2. ((b))

    July

  3. ((c))

    August

  4. ((d))

    September

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

September

The correct answer is 'September.'

Key Points

  • Let's have a look at the third paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' Western MP has received 1,335.4 millimetres of average rainfall from June 1 to September 25, 58% more than the region’s historical normal of 845.3 mm for this period. However, the real story lies in the month-wise figures. In June, the opening month of the southwest monsoon season, the rains were actually 25.6% below the long-period average. In July, they were 31.2% above average. That surplus rose to 63.6% in August, while a whopping 158% more, so far in September.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that according to the passage, September has the rainfall been the maximum. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि passage के अनुसार, सितंबर में सबसे अधिक वर्षा हुई है।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'September.'

Additional Information  

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'surplus' is an amount that is extra or more than you need. ('Surplus' शब्द का अर्थ है ज़रूरत से अधिक या अतिरिक्त मात्रा; बेशी।).
  • Example: The world is now producing large food surpluses.
43

This passage is mainly about:

  1. ((a))

    the rainfall from June to September in MP

  2. ((b))

    the varieties of soybean grown in MP

  3. ((c))

    the impact of rain on the soybean crop in MP

  4. ((d))

    the growth of soybean in MP

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

the impact of rain on the soybean crop in MP

The correct answer is 'the impact of rain on the soybean crop in MP.'

Key Points

  • The passage is mainly talking about the percentage and effects of rainfall on the soybean crop in different areas of MP.
  • Passage मुख्य रूप से मध्य प्रदेश के विभिन्न क्षेत्रों में सोयाबीन की फसल पर प्रतिशत और वर्षा के प्रभाव के बारे में बात कर रहा है।
  • Therefore, this passage is mainly about the impact of rain on the soybean crop in MP.
  • Hence, the correct option is  'the impact of rain on the soybean crop in MP.'

 Additional Information 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'impact' is a marked effect or influence. ('Impact' शब्द का अर्थ एक चिह्नित प्रभाव या प्रभाव है।)
  • ExampleOur regional measures have had a significant impact on unemployment.
44

Why would the farmers who sowed their crop in June be the worst hit?

  1. ((a))

    Their crop would already be mature and could rot in the rain.

  2. ((b))

    They sowed their crop in low lying areas.

  3. ((c))

    When they sowed their crop there wasn’t enough rain.

  4. ((d))

    They had sowed a late maturing variety of soyabean.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Their crop would already be mature and could rot in the rain.

The correct answer is 'Their crop would already be mature and could rot in the rain.'

Key Points 

  • Let's have a look at the first two sentences of the last paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' On the other hand, longer-duration varieties maturing in 95-105 days, like JS 20-69, NRC 86 and JS 97-52, are unlikely to suffer major yield loss, as their grain is not fully ripe yet for harvesting. Moreover, since the rains were poor in June, much of sowing anyway took place in July, thereby further reducing the likelihood of damage.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that the farmers who would sow their crop in June be the worst hit because their crop would already be mature and could rot in the rain. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि जून में अपनी फसल बोने वाले किसानों को सबसे ज्यादा नुकसान होगा क्योंकि उनकी फसल पहले ही पक चुकी होगी और बारिश में सड़ सकती है।).
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'Their crop would already be mature and could rot in the rain.'

Additional Information

<br>

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'mature' is fully developed physically; full-grown. ('Mature' शब्द का अर्थ है पूरी तरह से शारीरिक रूप से विकसित; पूर्ण विकसित।).
  • Example: She was now a mature woman.
45

Which statement is NOT true according to the passage?

  1. ((a))

    The longer-duration variety of soybean will not suffer much due to this excessive rain.

  2. ((b))

    The rainfall in June was poor in MP.

  3. ((c))

    In July, the rainfall was 63.6% above average.

  4. ((d))

    The crops in low-lying areas were worst affected by rains.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

In July, the rainfall was 63.6% above average.

The correct answer is 'In July, the rainfall was 63.6% above average.'

Key Points 

  • Let's have a look at the fourth sentence of the first paragraph of the passage:   
  • ' In July, they were 31.2% above average.'
  • It can be concluded from the above line that the statement 'In July, the rainfall was 63.6% above average.' is NOT true according to the passage. (यह निष्कर्ष निकाला जा सकता है कि statement 'In July, the rainfall was 63.6% above average.' गद्यांश के अनुसार सत्य नहीं है।)
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'In July, the rainfall was 63.6% above average.'

Additional Information 

 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'excessive' is more than is necessary, normal, or desirable; immoderate. ('Excessive' शब्द का अर्थ है आवश्यकता से अधिक, सामान्य या वांछनीय; निरंकुश।)
  • Example: He was drinking excessive amounts of brandy.

Direction: In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Two Pandas are expected to be returned to China ______(1) ______ a zoo in Canada because of a ______(2) ______ of bamboo. Pandas only eat fresh bamboo ______(3) ______ which the zoo had been importing from China ______(4) ______ corona virus grounded most flights. The pandas _____(5) ______ in Canada in 2014 and were due to stay for 10 years.

46

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 1.

  1. ((a))

    with

  2. ((b))

    in

  3. ((c))

    from

  4. ((d))

    for

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

from

The correct answer is 'from.'

Key Points

  • ​ You can use 'with' when you're talking about people, or things being together*.*
  • Example: She arrived with her boyfriend.
  • We use in to talk about where something is in relation to a larger area around it.
  • Example: She’s in the garden.
  • We use from to refer to the place where someone or something starts or originates.
  • ExampleWe get our vegetables from the farm shop.
  • We use for to talk about a purpose or a reason for something.
  • Example: I’m going for some breakfast. I’m really hungry.
  • Therefore, the preposition 'from' should be used to make the sentence grammatically correct.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'from.'
  • ​​Correct phrase: Two Pandas are expected to be returned to China from a zoo in Canada ........

Additional Information 

  • A preposition is a word or group of words used before a noun, pronoun, or noun phrase to show direction, time, place, location, spatial relationships, or to introduce an object.
  • Some examples of prepositions are words like "in," "at," "on," "of," and "to."
  • Example: I live in Raipur.

Hinglish 

  • जब आप लोगों या चीजों के एक साथ होने की बात कर रहे हों तो आप 'with' का उपयोग कर सकते हैं
  • Example: She arrived with her boyfriend.
  • हम में in उपयोग इस बारे में बात करने के लिए करते हैं कि इसके आसपास के एक बड़े क्षेत्र के संबंध में कुछ कहां है।
  • Example: She’s in the garden.
  • हम from का उपयोग उस स्थान को संदर्भित करने के लिए करते हैं जहां कोई या कुछ शुरू होता है या उत्पन्न होता है।
  • Example: We get our vegetables from the farm shop.
  • हम किसी उद्देश्य या किसी कारण के बारे में बात करने के लिए preposition for उपयोग करते हैं।
  • Example: I’m going for some breakfast. I’m really hungry.
  • इसलिए वाक्य को व्याकरणिक रूप से शुद्ध करने के लिए preposition 'from' का प्रयोग करना चाहिए।
47

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 2.

  1. ((a))

    shortage

  2. ((b))

    surplus

  3. ((c))

    storage

  4. ((d))

    excess

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

shortage

The correct answer is 'shortage.'

Key Points

  • Here, we need a word similar to scarcity.
  • Let us see the meanings of the given words:
  • Shortage: a state or situation in which something needed cannot be obtained in sufficient amounts. (ऐसी अवस्था या स्थिति जिसमें किसी आवश्यक वस्तु को पर्याप्त मात्रा में प्राप्त नहीं किया जा सकता है।)
  • Surplus: an amount of something left over when requirements have been met; an excess of production or supply. (आवश्यकताओं की पूर्ति होने पर बची हुई किसी चीज़ की मात्रा; उत्पादन या आपूर्ति की अधिकता।)
  • Storage: the action or method of storing something for future use. (भविष्य में उपयोग के लिए कुछ संग्रहीत करने की क्रिया या तरीका।)
  • Excess: an amount of something that is more than necessary, permitted, or desirable. (किसी चीज की वह मात्रा जो आवश्यकता से अधिक, अनुमत या वांछनीय हो।)
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'shortage.'
  • The correct phrase: But the problem of common cold is unusually difficult and .........

Additional Information 

   

  • Let us see the synonyms of the following words:
WordSynonym
ShortageScarcity
SurplusExcess
StorageCache
ExcessSurplus
48

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 3.

  1. ((a))

    food

  2. ((b))

    plants

  3. ((c))

    nourishment

  4. ((d))

    meal

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

plants

The correct answer is 'plants.'

Key Points

  • Bamboo is a plant.
  • बांस एक पौधा है।
  • Therefore, we need the word 'plants.'
  • Correct phrase: Pandas only eat fresh bamboo plants which the zoo had been importing from ........

Additional Information

  • Let us see the meanings of the words:
  • Food: any nutritious substance that people or animals eat or drink or that plants absorb in order to maintain life and growth.
  • Plants: a living organism of the kind exemplified by trees, shrubs, herbs, grasses, ferns, and mosses, typically growing in a permanent site, absorbing water and inorganic substances through its roots, and synthesizing nutrients in its leaves by photosynthesis using the green pigment chlorophyll.
  • Nourishment: the food necessary for growth, health, and good condition.
  • Meal: any of the regular occasions in a day when a reasonably large amount of food is eaten.
49

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 4.

  1. ((a))

    unless

  2. ((b))

    until

  3. ((c))

    after

  4. ((d))

    while

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

until

The correct answer is 'until.'

 Key Points

  • Let us see the usage of the given words:
  • Unless: We use the conjunction unless to mean ‘except if.' (हम conjunction unless का उपयोग तब तक करते हैं जब तक कि इसका अर्थ ‘except if' है।)
  • Example: They won’t come unless you invite them.
  • Until: We use until as subordinating conjunction to connect an action or an event to a point in time.(हम किसी क्रिया या घटना को किसी बिंदु से जोड़ने के लिए  until, subordinating conjunction के रूप में उपयोग करते हैं।)
  • Example: We played chess until midnight.​
  • After: 'After' is usually a preposition meaning that something will follow in time, place or order. ( 'After' आमतौर पर एक पूर्वसर्ग है जिसका अर्थ है कि समय, स्थान या क्रम में कुछ होगा।)
  • Example: Let's go for a swim after lunch.
  • ​​​While: We usually use while when we have two continuous actions taking place at the same time. (हम आमतौर पर while का उपयोग करते हैं जब हमारे पास एक ही समय में दो निरंतर क्रियाएं होती हैं।)
  • ExampleWe spent long evenings talking in my sitting-room while he played the music he had chosen and explained his ideas.
  • Hence, the word, 'until' should be used to make the sentence grammatically correct.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'until.'
  • ​The Correct phrase: ....... from China until corona virus grounded most flights.

Additional Information 

  • A conjunction is a joiner, a word that connects (conjoins) parts of a sentence.
  • Coordinating conjunctions join equals to one another.
  • Example: Most children like sweets and cookies.
  • Coordinating conjunctions go in between items joined, not at the beginning or end.
  • Example: I like coffee, but I don't like tea.
50

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank no. 5.

  1. ((a))

    have arrived

  2. ((b))

    arrive

  3. ((c))

    had arrived

  4. ((d))

    had been arriving

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

had arrived

The correct answer is 'had arrived.'

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, we are talking about 'Pandas' in Past tense.
  • Therefore, we need 'had arrived' and other options are ruled out.
  • When you need to talk about two things that happened in the past and one event started and finished before the other one started, place “had” before the main verb for the event that happened first.
  • Example: Chloe had walked the dog before he fell asleep.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'had arrived.'
  • The correct sentence: The pandas had arrived in Canada in 2014 and were due to stay for 10 years.

Additional Information 

 

 

  • When we are talking about the past: for any subject (I, You, He, She,It, We, They) we use ‘had been‘.
  • “Had been,”, suggests an action that both began and ended in the past.
  • Example: I had been reading articles on English language for three hours.

Hinglish 

  • दिए गए वाक्य में, हम भूत काल में 'Pandas' के बारे में बात कर रहे हैं।
  • इसलिए, हमें 'had arrived' की आवश्यकता है और अन्य विकल्पों को खारिज कर दिया गया है।
  • जब आपको अतीत में हुई दो चीजों के बारे में बात करने की आवश्यकता होती है और एक घटना शुरू होती है और दूसरी शुरू होने से पहले समाप्त हो जाती है, तो पहले हुई घटना के लिए मुख्य क्रिया से पहले "had" रखें।
  • Example: Chloe had walked the dog before he fell asleep.
51

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

If you will buy one shirt, you will get another one free.

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    you buy

  3. ((c))

    you have bought

  4. ((d))

    you would buy

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

you buy

The correct answer is- 'you buy.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is the first conditional sentence. That means the if-clause will be in the simple present tense and the main clause will be in the simple future tense.
  • Let's understand the structure of the first conditional sentence:
  • if + simple present tense, simple future tense.
  • Example: If I complete my homework, I will go to the movie.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: If you buy one shirt, you will get another one free.

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn about the first conditional sentences:
  • It is used to express situations in which the outcome is likely (but not guaranteed) to happen in the future.
  • Example: 
  • If you rest, you will feel better.
  • If you set your mind to a goal, you’ll eventually achieve it.
52

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

The box was _______ heavy for that little child to carry.

  1. ((a))

    lot

  2. ((b))

    much

  3. ((c))

    too

  4. ((d))

    enough

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

too

The correct answer is 'too.' 

Key Points  

  • In the given sentence the adverb 'too' is the correct choice to fill.
  • Too means more than enough. It is used in a negative sense. As we want to convey that the box is heavy enough so that the little child will not be able to (negative sense) lift it, we use the adjective too.
  • Example: He was too nervous to perform well on the stage.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

The correct sentence is: The box was too heavy for that little child to carry.

Additional Information  

  • Let's learn more about the sentence of having too...to:
  • In a sentence, the words too…to have a negative meaning. It means ‘more than is necessary or desirable’.
  • Example: 
  • I was too busy to talk to her. (it means I was very busy. I could not talk to her.)
  • The task was too difficult to do without help. (it means the task was very difficult. I could not do it without help.)
53

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

Hasn’t India established the air travel bridge to the Maldives?

  1. ((a))

    Hasn’t the air travel bridge to the Maldives been established by India?

  2. ((b))

    Shouldn’t the air travel bridge to the Maldives be established by India?

  3. ((c))

    Why hasn’t the air travel bridge to the Maldives been established by India?

  4. ((d))

    Isn't India established the air travel bridge to the Maldives?

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Hasn’t the air travel bridge to the Maldives been established by India?

The correct answer is- 'Hasn’t the air travel bridge to the Maldives been established by India?' 

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is an interrogative sentence and it is in the present perfect tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • has/have + subject + been + verb (3rd form) + object ?
  • Example: 
  • Has he (subject) packed (verb) the clothes in the cupboard? (active)
  • Have the clothes (subject) been packed (verb) in the cupboard by him? (passive)

Thus option 1 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple present - subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuous - subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfect - subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.​​​
54

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

To take pains

  1. ((a))

    To punish someone

  2. ((b))

    To make efforts

  3. ((c))

    To bear atrocities

  4. ((d))

    to care for someone

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

To make efforts

The correct answer is- 'To make efforts.' 

Key Points

  • The meaning of the given idiom is:
  • To take pains means to try very hard to do something. (कुछ करने के लिए बहुत मेहनत करना)
  • Example: Your parents took great pains to ensure that you would have enough money for college.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'To make efforts' is the correct answer.

Hence option 2 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn about the origin of the given idiom:
  • This phrase was used in 1808 by Sir Walter Scott. He wrote, “Yet much he praised the pains he took, And well those pains did pay.” The use of pains for “troubles” dates from Shakespeare’s time.
55

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

RESOLUTION

  1. ((a))

    apathy

  2. ((b))

    flexibility

  3. ((c))

    timidity

  4. ((d))

    decision

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

decision

The correct answer is- 'decision' 

Key Points

  • Let's understand the meaning of the given word:
  • The word resolution is a noun and it means a promise to yourself to do or to not do something. (अपने आप से कुछ करने या न करने का वादा।)
  • Example: I made a resolution to give up chocolate.
  • By this meaning, we can say that 'decision' is a similar word to 'resolution.'

Thus option 4 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information

  • The antonyms of the given word are:
  • Lethargy, apathy, flexibility, timidity
  • The meaning of the given options is:
  • decision - The act of making up your mind about something (किसी चीज़ के बारे में अपना मन बनाना)
  • apathy - An absence of emotion or enthusiasm (भावना या उत्साह का अभाव)
  • flexibility - Being adaptable or variable (अनुकूलनीय या परिवर्तनशील होना)
  • timidity - Fear of making decisions (निर्णय लेने का डर)
56

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

The sports teacher told the Principal that if their school wanted to start a sports club they would need to buy some cricket kits, basketballs and footballs initially.

  1. ((a))

    The sports teacher said to the Principal, “If their school wanted to start a sports club they needed to buy some cricket kits, basketballs and footballs initially.”

  2. ((b))

    The sports teacher said to the Principal, “If our school wants to start a sports club we will need to buy some cricket kits, basketballs and footballs initially.”

  3. ((c))

    The sports teacher said to the Principal, “If their school wanted to start a sports club we would need to buy some cricket kits, basketballs and footballs initially.”

  4. ((d))

    The sports teacher said to the Principal, “If your school wants to start a sports club they needed to buy some cricket kits, basketballs and footballs initially.”

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

The sports teacher said to the Principal, “If our school wants to start a sports club we will need to buy some cricket kits, basketballs and footballs initially.”

The correct answer is- 'The sports teacher said to the Principal, “If our school wants to start a sports club we will need to buy some cricket kits, basketballs and footballs initially.”'

Key Points

To change the sentence to a direct speech we need to follow the following steps:

  • In the reporting speech, the verb told will change to said/says.
  • The reported speech is in the past indefinite tense so it will change to the present indefinite tense.
  • The verb Would will change will.
  • Example: 
  • Indirect: She told her that she would perform a dance.
  • Direct: She said to her, “I will perform a dance.”
  • The conjunction 'that' should be replaced by an inverted comma, enclosing the reported speech.
  • The possessive adjective their will change to our.
  • The pronoun they will change to we.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: The sports teacher said to the Principal, “If our school wants to start a sports club we will need to buy some cricket kits, basketballs and footballs initially.”

Additional Information  ​

Here are some rules that should be followed while converting an indirect speech to direct speech:

  • Use the reporting verb such as (say, said to) in its correct tense.
  • Put a comma before the statement and the first letter of the statement should be in capital letter.
  • Insert question marksquotation marksexclamation marks and full stop, based on the mood of the sentence. And remove the infinitive words like request, ask, order wherever necessary.
  • Remove the conjunctions like (that, if or whether) wherever necessary.
  • Where the reporting verb is in the past tense in indirect, change it to present tense in the direct speech.
  • Change the past perfect tense either into present perfect tense or past indefinite tense, as necessary.
57

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

In spite of a steep hike in the prices of crude oil, the government did not rise the price of fuel.

  1. ((a))

    is not rising

  2. ((b))

    No substitution required

  3. ((c))

    did not raise

  4. ((d))

    has not risen

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

did not raise

The correct answer is- 'did not raise.'

Key Points

  • In the given sentence the verb (rise) is an intransitive verb. It means it is never followed by a direct object (the price of fuel).
  • As there is a direct object (the price of fuel) we need a transitive verb in the above sentence.
  • So we must use the verb (raise) in place of 'rise' to make the sentence grammatically correct.
  • Thus, option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: In spite of a steep hike in the prices of crude oil, the government did not raise the price of fuel.

Confusion Points

  • Don't get confused with the fact that 'raise' is the second form of the verb 'rise'.
  • Raise and rise are two different words.
  • Both of them are the first forms of verbs.
  • The verbs raise and rise both refer to something going "up".
  • The main difference between them is that raise is transitive (it must have a direct object) and rise is intransitive (no direct object).

Additional Information

  • Let's understand in more detail with some examples:
  • Raise means to lift or move something or someone upward. It is a transitive verb, which means it takes a direct object. A direct object is a person or thing that receives the action of the verb.​
  • Example: 
  • Adriana raised her hand when she had a question. (Here hand is the direct object of the verb raise)
  • The restaurant raised dinner prices for Valentine’s Day.
  • ​​​​Rise means to move upward or to increase. It is an intransitive verb. It is never followed by a direct object.
  • Example: 
  • Warm air rises. (No direct object after the verb rise)
  • Swedish stocks rose after the election Monday.
58

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

David said, “Don’t worry Frank. I will bring you up to date when I meet you next.”

  1. ((a))

    David told Frank not to worry as he would bring him up to date when he met him next.

  2. ((b))

    David told Frank he shouldn’t worry as he will bring him up to date when he meets him next.

  3. ((c))

    David told Frank not to worry as I would bring you up to date when I meet you next.

  4. ((d))

    David told Frank don’t worry as he would bring you up to date when he met him next.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

David told Frank not to worry as he would bring him up to date when he met him next.

The correct answer is- 'David told Frank not to worry as he would bring him up to date when he met him next.'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to an indirect speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • As the reporting speech is in the past tense, said will become told.
  • The inverted commas of reported speech should be removed.
  • As there is a negative imperative sentence (Don't worry Frank) so the sentence should start as "not + to + verb"
  • Not to worry. (for the given sentence)
  • The pronoun I will change to he (as it refers to the subject David)
  • The pronoun you will change to him (as it refers to the object Frank)
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 1 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: David told Frank not to worry as he would bring him up to date when he met him next.

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn more about the change of tense in the reported speech:
  • Present Perfect Changes to Past Perfect
  • Example:
  • Direct: “I have been to Boston”, she told me.
  • Indirect: She told me that she had been to Boston.
  • Simple Present Changes to Simple Past
  • Example:
  • Direct: “I am unwell”, she said.
  • Indirect: She said that she was unwell.
  • Present Continuous Changes to Past Continuous
  • Example:
  • Direct: “I am playing the guitar”, she explained.
  • Indirect: She explained that she was playing the guitar.
  • Present Perfect Changes to Past Perfect
  • Example:
  • Direct: He said, “She has finished her homework“.
  • ​Indirect: He said that she had finished her homework.
59

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Pauline said to Cornelius, “Will Mr. Vincent be coming for dinner on Thursday evening?”

  1. ((a))

    Pauline wanted to know from Cornelius if Mr. Vincent is coming for dinner on Thursday evening.

  2. ((b))

    Pauline said to Cornelius will Mr. Vincent be coming for dinner on Thursday evening.

  3. ((c))

    Pauline asked Cornelius if Mr. Vincent would be coming for dinner on Thursday evening.

  4. ((d))

    Pauline told Cornelius that Mr. Vincent would be coming for dinner on Thursday evening.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Pauline asked Cornelius if Mr. Vincent would be coming for dinner on Thursday evening.

The correct answer is- 'Pauline asked Cornelius if Mr Vincent would be coming for dinner on Thursday evening.'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to an indirect speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • As the reported speech is an interrogative sentence, so said will change to asked.
  • The inverted commas of reported speech should be replaced with the conjunction if.
  • As the reported speech is in the Future continuous, it will change to the Conditional continuous.
  • Direct: She said, “I will be going to Scotland tomorrow.”
  • ​Indirect: She said that she would be going to Scotland the next day.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: Pauline asked Cornelius if Mr Vincent would be coming for dinner on Thursday evening.

Additional Information 

  • Let's understand how to convert the sentence into indirect speech if the reported speech is an interrogative sentence.
  • If a direct speech sentence begins with an auxiliary verb/helping verb, the joining clause should be if or whether
  • Example: 
  • Direct: She said, "Will you come to the party?"
  • Indirect: She asked whether we would come to the party.
  • Reporting verbs such as ‘said/ said to’ changes to enquired, asked, or demanded.
  • Example:
  • ​Direct: He said to me, "What are you wearing?"
  • Indirect: He asked me what I was wearing.
60

Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. It was a bright, cold day.

B. The ground was covered with a sleet that had frozen.

C. But it was difficult to stand or walk on the glassy surface.

D. I took my dog for a little walk up the road.

E. The dog slipped and I fell twice, hard.

F. I got back home in the afternoon.

  1. ((a))

    ABDECF

  2. ((b))

    ACDBEF

  3. ((c))

    ABDCEF

  4. ((d))

    ACBEDF

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

ABDCEF

The correct answer is- 'ABDCEF.' 

Key Points

  • B will follow A, as it adds more details about the bright, cold day.
  • C will follow D as the conjunction (but) joins the two sentences of contrasting ideas.
  • E will come next as the dog slipped because the ground had a glassy surface.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is: 

A. It was a bright, cold day.

B. The ground was covered with a sleet that had frozen.

D. I took my dog for a little walk up the road.

C. But it was difficult to stand or walk on the glassy surface.

E. The dog slipped and I fell twice, hard.

F. I got back home in the afternoon.

Important Points    

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
61

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

Both are excellent singers, but I think Kartik is best.

  1. ((a))

    excellent singers

  2. ((b))

    but I think

  3. ((c))

    Both are

  4. ((d))

    is best

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

is best

The correct sentence is- 'is best'

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, the adjective 'best' is incorrectly used.
  • As the given sentence is comparing the two persons we need a comparative adjective.
  • Best is a superlative, i.e. it states the position of this one thing compared to all the other things under discussion. While better is a comparative, i.e. it is used to compare two things relative to one another.
  • Example:
  • Her second book is best than her first one. (incorrect)
  • Her second book is better than her first one. (correct)
  • Thus option 4 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: Both are excellent singers, but I think Kartik is better.

Additional Information

  • Let's understand more about the comparatives:
  • A comparative is the form of adjective or adverb used to compare two things.
  • Example:
  • Mark listens more attentively these days.
  • David was smarter than John.
62

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

We have requested Mrs Nagpal _______ our play for this year’s annual function.

  1. ((a))

    directed

  2. ((b))

    to direct

  3. ((c))

    directing

  4. ((d))

    direct

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

to direct

The correct answer is- 'to direct.' 

Key Points  

  • In the given sentence the infinite 'to direct' is the correct choice to fill.
  • We need a direct object for the verb (requested) in the given sentence. So we will use the infinite form of the verb 'to direct.'
  • Example: They asked me to bring some food.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

The correct sentence is: We have requested Mrs Nagpal to direct our play for this year’s annual function.

Additional Information  

  • Let's learn more about the infinitives:
  • The infinitives act as a noun, adjective, or adverb, and it is actually made up of two words, to + verb. These two words act together as a noun, an adjective, or an adverb
  • Example: 
  • I love to swim. (as a noun)
  • The person to call is Jeff. (as an adjective)
  • I can't wait to see him. (as an adverb)
63

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

Fair-weather friend

  1. ((a))

    A person who is not a friend, only an acquaintance

  2. ((b))

    A person whose friendship cannot be relied on in difficult times

  3. ((c))

    A person who is a friend in all good and bad times

  4. ((d))

    A person who is a friend in all your difficulties

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

A person whose friendship cannot be relied on in difficult times

The correct answer is- 'A person whose friendship cannot be relied on in difficult times.' 

Key Points

  • The meaning of the given idiom is:
  • A fair-weather friend means someone who is a friend only when things are going right and leaves you when you face trouble. (कोई है जो केवल तभी दोस्त होता है जब चीजें सही चल रही होती हैं और जब आप परेशानी का सामना करते हैं तो आपको छोड़ देते हैं)
  • Example: Simran is looking for a loyal friend, not a fair-weather friend.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'A person whose friendship cannot be relied on in difficult times' is the correct answer.

Hence option 2 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn about the origin of the given idiom:
  • This idiom is used since at least the mid-1800s. Though its origin is not available, it can be understood through a story. Fair-weather refers to mild weather, so the idiom refers to a friend who can be relied upon when the weather is good but abandons you when the weather turns stormy.
64

Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

An elderly lady was knocked down by a speeding car this morning.

  1. ((a))

    A speeding car was knocking down an elderly lady this morning.

  2. ((b))

    A speeding car knocks down an elderly lady this morning.

  3. ((c))

    A speeding car knocked down an elderly lady this morning.

  4. ((d))

    A speeding car had knocked down an elderly lady this morning.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A speeding car knocked down an elderly lady this morning.

The correct answer is- 'A speeding car knocked down an elderly lady this morning.' 

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the past indefinite tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • subject + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • An umbrella was brought by Rohan from the market. (passive)
  • Rohan brought an umbrella from the market. (active)

Thus option 3 is the correct answer. 

**Additional Information **​​​

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in the past tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple past- subject + was/were + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football was played by him.
  • Past continuous - subject + was/were + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car was being driven by him.
  • Past perfect - subject + had + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car had been driven by him.
65

Direction: Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

Three online games of chess were won by Rahul in a row.

  1. ((a))

    Rahul won three online games of chess in a row.

  2. ((b))

    Rahul was winning three online games of chess in a row.

  3. ((c))

    Rahul has won three online games of chess in a row.

  4. ((d))

    Rahul had won three online games of chess in a row.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Rahul won three online games of chess in a row.

The correct answer is- 'Rahul won three online games of chess in a row.' 

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the past indefinite tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • subject + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • The work was completed by him in time. (passive)
  • He completed the work in time. (active)

Thus option 1 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple present - subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuous - subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfect - subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.​​​
66

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. Soon I reached the churchyard.

B. To my surprise, I immediately came upon the convict.

C. He was sitting on a tombstone with his back towards me.

D. I went up and touched him gently on the back.

  1. ((a))

    ABCD

  2. ((b))

    DCBA

  3. ((c))

    BACD

  4. ((d))

    BCAD

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

ABCD

The correct answer is- 'ABCD.' 

Key Points

  • B will follow A, as he was surprised when he reached the churchyard.
  • C will follow next, as the pronoun (he) refers to the noun (the convict).
  • D will come next as after seeing the convict seating there he went up to him.
  • Thus option 1 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is: 

A. Soon I reached the churchyard.

B. To my surprise, I immediately came upon the convict.

C. He was sitting on a tombstone with his back towards me.

D. I went up and touched him gently on the back.

Important Points   

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
67

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

As soon as the super moon had rose over the hill, the valley was flooded with silver light.

  1. ((a))

    As soon as

  2. ((b))

    over the hill

  3. ((c))

    had rose

  4. ((d))

    was flooded with

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

had rose

The correct sentence is- 'had rose'

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, the verb 'rose' is incorrectly used.
  • As the given sentence is in the past perfect tense. So after the helping verb (had), we need the third form of the main verb (rise).
  • ​Example: He had finished his homework.
  • The third form of the verb rise is risen. But in this given sentence second form (rose) is used.
  • So to make the sentence correct replace the verb rose with risen.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: As soon as the super moon had risen over the hill, the valley was flooded with silver light. 

Confusion Points

  • Many students get confused between the verb rise and raise. So let's understand these verbs in detail with some examples:
  • Raise means to lift or move something or someone upward. It is a transitive verb, which means it takes a direct object. A direct object is a person or thing that receives the action of the verb.​
  • Example: 
  • Adriana raised her hand when she had a question. (Here hand is the direct object of the verb raise)
  • The restaurant raised dinner prices for Valentine’s Day.
  • ​​​​Rise means to move upward or to increase. It is an intransitive verb. It is never followed by a direct object.
  • Example: 
  • Warm air rises. (No direct object after the verb rise)
  • Swedish stocks rose after the election Monday.
68

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

Make head or tail of something

  1. ((a))

    To earn enough for one’s needs

  2. ((b))

    To figure out something

  3. ((c))

    To create something beautiful

  4. ((d))

    To make the best of an opportunity

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

To figure out something

The correct answer is- 'To figure out something.' 

Key Points

  • The meaning of the given idiom is:
  • To make head or tail of something means to understand someone or something. (किसी को या किसी चीज को समझने की कोशिश करना।)
  • Example: After spending hours working with the new piece of software, I still could not make heads or tails out of it.
  • "To figure out" means to understand someone or something, or to find the answer to something by thinking. (किसी को या किसी चीज़ को समझना, या सोच समझ कर किसी बात का उत्तर खोजना)
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'To figure out something' is the correct answer.
  • Example - I'm trying to figure out a way to make this work.

Hence option 2 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn more about the given idiom:
  • This idiom is not used in its original form instead it is used in the negative form. It means it is used when you want to express that you are unable to understand anything about something or someone.
  • Example: We couldn’t make heads or tails of your directions.
69

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

Full of beans

  1. ((a))

    Crazy and foolish

  2. ((b))

    Happy and energetic

  3. ((c))

    Mean and selfish

  4. ((d))

    Vain and pompous

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Happy and energetic

The correct answer is- 'Happy and energetic.' 

Key Points

  • The meaning of the given idiom is:
  • Full of beans means full of energy and life. (ऊर्जा और जीवन से भरपूर।)
  • Example: We were young and full of beans.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'Happy and energetic' is the correct answer.

Hence option 2 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn about the origin of the given idiom:
  • The phrase originated in Europe in the 14th century when horses were fed with beans grown solely for fodder. After feeding the horse, the owners often noticed that the horses became quite energetic and lively. Hence the phrase originated to refer to this state of liveliness.
70

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. They were not there ahead of him.

B. He turned to look on the side.

C. The child turned to look at his parents.

D. They were not there either.

  1. ((a))

    CADB

  2. ((b))

    CABD

  3. ((c))

    DACB

  4. ((d))

    DBCA

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

CABD

The correct answer is- 'CADB.' 

Key Points

  • By reading the above-given options we can understand that the subject of the passage is a child.
  • C will come first as it introduces the subject (The child) of the passage.
  • A will follow next as the pronoun (they) refers to the noun (parents).
  • D will follow B as the adverb (there) is pointing towards the noun (the side) mentioned in part B.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is:

C. The child turned to look at her parents.

A. They were not there ahead of him.

B. He turned to look on the side.

D. They were not there either.

Important Points   

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
71

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

The inmates of the house have slept when the thief entered.

  1. ((a))

    are sleeping

  2. ((b))

    were sleeping

  3. ((c))

    No substitution required

  4. ((d))

    was sleeping

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

were sleeping

The correct answer is- 'were sleeping.'

Key Points

  • We know that when one action was taking place in the past at the same time another event takes place simultaneously, we past continuous tense for the continuous action. And these actions are connected by the conjunction 'when' or 'while.'
  • Example: 
  • ​I was sleeping when he called.
  • ​​So to make the sentence correct replace the present perfect tense with the past continuous tense.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: The inmates of the house were sleeping when the thief entered.

Additional Information

  • Let's understand the use of the conjunctions when and while.
  • We can use either when or while if the subordinating conjunction (when or while) comes before the continuous action.
  • Example: 
  • She got into an accident while she was driving home.
  • She got into an accident when she was driving home.
  • if we change the sentence around, and the subordinating conjunction (when or while) comes before the single action, not the continuous action, we must use when.
  • Example: 
  • She was driving home when she got into an accident.
72

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Cornelius said to Pauline, “You can have your old job back with a raise in the salary.”

  1. ((a))

    Cornelius requested Pauline to take her old job back with a raise in the salary.

  2. ((b))

    Cornelius told Pauline that she can have her old job back with a raise in the salary.

  3. ((c))

    Cornelius assured Pauline that she could have her old job back with a raise in the salary.

  4. ((d))

    Cornelius said to Pauline that you can have your old job back with a raise in the salary.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Cornelius assured Pauline that she could have her old job back with a raise in the salary.

The correct answer is- 'Cornelius assured Pauline that she could have her old job back with a raise in the salary.'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to an indirect speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • As the reported speech shows an imperative mood, the reporting speech said to will change to assured.
  • The inverted commas of reported speech should be replaced with the conjunction 'that.'
  • The model verb can will change to could.
  • Example:
  • Direct: She said, ‘She can dance’.
  • Indirect: She said that she could dance.
  • The pronoun you will change to she (as it refers to Pauline)
  • The possessive adjective your will change to her.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: Cornelius assured Pauline that she could have her old job back with a raise in the salary.

Additional Information 

  • While changing direct speech to indirect speech, the modal verbs used in the sentences change like:
  • Can becomes could
  • Direct: She said, ‘She can dance’.
  • Indirect: She said that she could dance.
  • May becomes might
  • Direct: She said, ‘I may buy a dress’.
  • Indirect: She said that she might buy a dress.
  • Must becomes had to /would have to 
  • Direct: Rama said, ‘I must complete the assignment’.
  • Indirect: Rama said that he had to complete the assignment.
  • There are modal verbs that do not change – Could, Would, Should, Might, Ought to
  • Direct: She said, ‘I should clean the house.'
  • Indirect: She said that she should clean the house.
73

Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. After about half an hour on the marsh, there was a sound of a shot nearby.

B. “Over there! Come on!” said the sergeant pointing to the sea.

C. We all stopped and listened carefully.

D. We all ran towards the sea.

E. Then we heard two more shots and a red rocket rose into the sky.

F. Soon we could see the light of torches, and hear shouting and splashing.

  1. ((a))

    ABCDEF

  2. ((b))

    ACEBDF

  3. ((c))

    ACDEBF

  4. ((d))

    ADCBEF

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

ACEBDF

The correct answer is- 'ACEBDF.' 

Key Points 

  • C will follow A, as there was a sound so people over there stopped and listened carefully.
  • E will follow next, as when they were listening carefully they heard two more shots.
  • D will follow B, as the people over there ran towards the sea when the sergeant told them to do so.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is:

A. After about half an hour on the marsh, there was a sound of a shot nearby.

C. We all stopped and listened carefully.

E. Then we heard two more shots and a red rocket rose into the sky.

B. “Over there! Come on!” said the sergeant pointing to the sea.

D. We all ran towards the sea.

F. Soon we could see the light of torches, and hear shouting and splashing. 

Important Points   

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
74

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

The PM has announced a very large economic relief package for the country.

  1. ((a))

    A very large economic relief package for the country has been announced by the PM.

  2. ((b))

    A very large economic relief package for the country was announced by the PM.

  3. ((c))

    A very large economic relief package for the PM has been announced by the country.

  4. ((d))

    A very large economic relief package for the country is going to be announced by the PM.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

A very large economic relief package for the country has been announced by the PM.

The correct answer is- 'A very large economic relief package for the country has been announced by the PM.' 

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the present perfect tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • He has packed the clothes in the cupboard. (active)
  • The clothes have been packed in the cupboard by him. (passive)

Thus option 1 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple present - subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuous - subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfect - subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.​​​
75

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. Plants on the farms died whenever the wind brought ashes from the volcano.

B. And birds fell from the sky, dying before they reached the ground.

C. After the eruption of the Paricutin volcano, for 100 miles no green thing, not even grass,

could live.

D. The volcano had brought complete ruin to seven villages in the valley.

  1. ((a))

    CADB

  2. ((b))

    DBCA

  3. ((c))

    DACB

  4. ((d))

    CABD

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

CABD

The correct answer is- 'CABD.' 

Key Points

  • By reading the above-given options we can understand that the passage is about a volcanic eruption.
  • A will follow C as it provides a reason why there were no green things including plants and grass.
  • B comes next as the coordinating conjunction (and) joins the two statements (A and B) of the same degree showing the effects of a volcanic eruption.
  • Now the only option that remains is D. It will come at last as the definite article (the) suggests that information has been provided about this volcano in preceding sentences.
  • Thus option 4 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is:

C. After the eruption of the Paricutin volcano, for 100 miles no green thing, not even grass, could live.

A. Plants on the farms died whenever the wind brought ashes from the volcano.

B. And birds fell from the sky, dying before they reached the ground.

D. The volcano had brought complete ruin to seven villages in the valley.

Important Points   

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
76

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

I am not too eager to read that book being that it has not got good reviews.

  1. ((a))

    has not got

  2. ((b))

    not too eager

  3. ((c))

    being that

  4. ((d))

    to read that book

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

being that

The correct answer is- 'being that'.

Key Points

  • In the above-given sentence, the error is in the use of the phrase**'being that.'**
  • "Being that" is a colloquial phrase that should not be used in formal language or standard written English.
  • Use "because" or "since" instead.
  • Thus, in the given sentence, 'being that' should be replaced by 'since' or 'because'.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.
<br>

Correct Sentence - I am not too eager to read that book because it has not got good reviews.

Hinglish

  • ऊपर दिए गए वाक्य में त्रुटि वाक्यांश 'being that' के प्रयोग में है।
  • "Being that" एक बोलचाल का वाक्यांश है जिसका उपयोग औपचारिक भाषा या मानक लिखित अंग्रेजी में नहीं किया जाना चाहिए
  • इसके बजाय "because" या "since" का प्रयोग करें।
  • इस प्रकार, दिए गए वाक्य में, 'being that' को 'since' या 'because' से प्रतिस्थापित किया जाना चाहिए।
  • अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प 3 है।
77

Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

One who is beyond reform

  1. ((a))

    Incorrigible

  2. ((b))

    Implausible

  3. ((c))

    Incomprehensible

  4. ((d))

    Improbable

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Incorrigible

The correct answer is- 'Incorrigible.' 

Key Points

  • Let's understand the meaning of incorrigible:
  • incorrigible is an adjective and it means an incorrigible person or incorrigible behaviour is bad and impossible to change or improve. (एक असाध्य व्यक्ति या असुधार्य व्यवहार जिसे बदलना या सुधारना असंभव है।)
  • Example: Mithali is an incorrigible liar.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'incorrigible' is the correct answer.

Hence option 1 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn the meaning of the other given options:
  • implausible - Having a quality that provokes disbelief (अकल्पनीय)
  • incomprehensible - Incapable of being explained (समझ से बाहर)
  • improbable - Not likely to be true or to occur (असंभव)
78

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. The boy was the only son of a poor widow.

B. Sultan Gayasuddin was a famous Pathan king who ruled over eastern India.

C. One day, while he was hunting, one of his arrows killed a little boy.

D. Crying and wailing, the woman reported the matter to the magistrate, who was known as Qazi.

  1. ((a))

    DCBA

  2. ((b))

    BCAD

  3. ((c))

    ABCD

  4. ((d))

    BACD

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

BCAD

The correct answer is- 'BCAD.' 

Key Points

  • By reading the above-given options we can understand that the passage is about Sultan Gayasuddin and an incident that happend with him.
  • B is the first sentence as it introduces the subject (Sultan Gayasuddin) of the passage.
  • C will follow next as the pronoun (he) refers to the noun (Sultan Gayasuddin).
  • D will follow A, as the noun (the woman) in D is introduced in A as a poor widow.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is:

B. Sultan Gayasuddin was a famous Pathan king who ruled over eastern India.

C. One day, while he was hunting, one of his arrows killed a little boy.

A. The boy was the only son of a poor widow.

D. Crying and wailing, the woman reported the matter to the magistrate, who was known as Qazi. 

Important Points   

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
79

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

A large number of people are using internet banking these days.

  1. ((a))

    Internet banking is using a large number of people these days.

  2. ((b))

    Internet banking has been used by a large number of people these days.

  3. ((c))

    Internet banking is being used by a large number of people these days.

  4. ((d))

    Internet banking is used by a large number of people these days.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Internet banking is being used by a large number of people these days.

The correct answer is- 'Internet banking is being used by a large number of people these days.'

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the present continuous tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • He is doing the work. (active)
  • The work is being done by him. (passive)

Thus option 3 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple present - subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuous - subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfect - subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.​​​
80

Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

A small mischievous fairy

  1. ((a))

    elf

  2. ((b))

    brownie

  3. ((c))

    dwarf

  4. ((d))

    gnome

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

elf

The correct answer is- 'elf.' 

Key Points

  • Let's understand the meaning of elf:
  • elf is a noun and it means a usually lively mischievous or malicious creature. An imaginary being, often like a small person with pointed ears, in popular stories. (जीवंत शरारती या दुर्भावनापूर्ण प्राणी। एक काल्पनिक प्राणी, लोकप्रिय कहानियों में अक्सर नुकीले कानों वाले एक छोटे व्यक्ति की तरह।)
  • Example: With his small frame and bright eyes, he'd always reminded her of an elf of some sort.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'elf' is the correct answer.

Hence option 1 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn the meaning of the other given options:
  • brownie - Square or bar of very rich chocolate cake usually with nuts (आमतौर पर नट्स के साथ बहुत समृद्ध चॉकलेट केक का वर्ग या बार)
  • dwarf - a person who is markedly small (एक व्यक्ति जो काफी छोटा है)
  • gnome - a legendary creature resembling a tiny old man (एक पौराणिक प्राणी जो एक छोटे बूढ़े आदमी जैसा दिखता है)
81

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

ENORMOUS

  1. ((a))

    common

  2. ((b))

    tiny

  3. ((c))

    ordinary

  4. ((d))

    massive

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

massive

The correct answer is- 'massive' 

Key Points

  • Let's understand the meaning of the given word:
  • The word enormous is an adjective and it means extremely large. (अत्यंत विशाल।) 
  • Example: The wealthy will get enormous tax cuts under the proposal.
  • By this meaning, we can say that 'massive' is a similar word to 'enormous.'

Thus option 4 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information

  • The antonyms of the given word are:
  • minute, small, tiny
  • The meaning of the given options is:
  • massive - very large in size, amount, or number (आकार, राशि या संख्या में बहुत बड़ा)
  • common - found in large numbers or in a large quantity (बड़ी संख्या में या अधिक मात्रा में पाया जाना)
  • tiny - very small (बहुत छोटा)
  • ordinary - not exceptional in any way especially in quality, ability, size or degree (गुणवत्ता, क्षमता या आकार में साधारण)
82

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

A hard nut to crack

  1. ((a))

    A comfortable situation

  2. ((b))

    An easy problem

  3. ((c))

    A highly priced item

  4. ((d))

    A difficult person

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

A difficult person

The correct answer is- 'A difficult person.' 

Key Points

  • Let's understand the meaning of the given idiom:
  • A hard nut to crack means a person that is difficult to deal with. (एक व्यक्ति जिसके साथ निपटना मुश्किल है)
  • Example: She’s such a hard nut to crack. Nobody seems to be able to get through to her.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'A difficult person' is the correct answer.

Hence option 4 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn the origin of the given idiom:
  • This expression is a metaphor alluding to the tough exterior of a nutshell and how hard they are to crack open. It has been in use since the 1700s.
83

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Corona virus has not yet reached some parts in world.

  1. ((a))

    some world parts

  2. ((b))

    some part of the world

  3. ((c))

    some parts of the world

  4. ((d))

    No substitution required

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

some parts of the world

The correct answer is- 'some parts of the world.'

Key Points

  • We know that a definite is used when we talk about a specific thing.
  • In the given sentence, we are talking about a specific world, that is the world in which we humans live.
  • So we should use a definite article (the) before the word 'world.'
  • And the preposition 'of' expresses the relationship of a part of something to its whole.
  • Example: Some parts of his body were injured.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: Corona virus has not yet reached some parts of the world.

Additional Information

  • Both a definite or an indefinite article can be used with the word 'world,' it depends on which context it has been used.
  • If you are talking about a specific world, then u would use the world.
  • Example: If Humans don’t act quickly, the world will be irreparably damaged.
  • If you are talking about a place that is not specific or imaginary, then use a world.
  • Example: We could live in a perfect world if we all exhibited a love for each other.
84

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

They were completely taking unawares by the shocking remarks of Mr. Sharma about the security of the colony.

  1. ((a))

    of the colony

  2. ((b))

    by the shocking remarks

  3. ((c))

    about the security

  4. ((d))

    were completely taking unawares

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

were completely taking unawares

The correct sentence is- 'were completely taking unawares'

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, the verb 'taking' is incorrectly used.
  • As the given sentence is in the passive voice. So after the helping verb (were), we need the third form of the main verb (taken).
  • ​Example: The chair was broken by him.
  • The third form of the verb take is taken. But in this given sentence present participle (taking) is used.
  • So to make the sentence correct replace the verb taking with taken.
  • Thus option 4 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: They were completely taken unawares by the shocking remarks of Mr Sharma about the security of the colony. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn the meaning of the phrase 'take something unawares':
  • Take something unawares means to surprise someone to something unexpected.
  • Example: She was taken unawares by the sudden change in plans.
85

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Our microwave oven is out of order and repairing is needed for it.

  1. ((a))

    need to be repairing.

  2. ((b))

    No substitution required

  3. ((c))

    needs to be repaired

  4. ((d))

    needing that it be repaired.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

needs to be repaired

The correct answer is- 'needs to be repaired.'

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, the conjunction 'and' joins two clauses of the same degree and importance.
  • As the first clause is in present indefinite tense so the second sentence should also be in present indefinite tense.
  • For a singular subject (microwave oven) a singular verb (needs) should be used.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: Our microwave oven is out of order and needs to be repaired for it.

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn the use of various conjunctions:
  • Coordinating Conjunctions: They join like with like. In other words, they join a noun with another noun or an adjective with another adjective. There are seven in total: for, and, nor, but, or, yet, and so.
  • Example: He was late for school, so he took a shortcut.
  • Subordinating Conjunctions: They join subordinate clauses to main clauses. Common examples are although, because, if, since, unless, until, and while.
  • Example: Because it was raining (main clause), we had to cancel the class picnic (subordinate clause).
  • Correlative Conjunctions: They are used in pairs to join alternatives or equal elements. The most common pairs are either...or, neither...nor, and not only...but also.
  • Example: You can have either chocolate or vanilla ice cream.
86

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

The magistrate asked the prisoner what was he doing with his hand in the gentleman’s pocket.

  1. ((a))

    in the gentleman’s pocket

  2. ((b))

    with his hand

  3. ((c))

    what was he doing

  4. ((d))

    The magistrate asked

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

what was he doing

The correct sentence is- 'what was he doing'

Key Points

  • As the given sentence is in the indirect speech.
  • We can understand this by the thing that the interrogative sentence does not have a question mark after it.
  • In indirect speech a sentence is written in assertive form (question word + subject + verb) and not in interrogative form (question word + verb + subject).
  • Example:
  • Direct: He said to me, ‘What are you wearing?'
  • Indirect: He asked me what I was wearing.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: The magistrate asked the prisoner what he was doing with his hand in the gentleman’s pocket.

Additional Information

  • Let's understand more about the infinitive words in the use in the indirect sentences:
  • In Indirect Speech, some Infinitive verbs like requested, ordered, suggested and advised are used to show the imperative mood of the sentence in the direct speech.
  • Example:
  • Direct: She said to her ‘Please complete it’.
  • Indirect: She requested her to complete it.
87

Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

I was greatly impressed by the Madhubani painting Avika made.

  1. ((a))

    The Madhubani painting Avika made has greatly impressed me.

  2. ((b))

    The Madhubani painting Avika made is very impressive.

  3. ((c))

    The Madhubani painting Avika made greatly impressed me.

  4. ((d))

    The Madhubani painting Avika made is greatly impressing me.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

The Madhubani painting Avika made greatly impressed me.

The correct answer is- 'The Madhubani painting Avika made greatly impressed me.'

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the past indefinite tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • subject + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • I was pushed by him. (passive)
  • He pushed me. (active)

Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

Additional Information

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in the past tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple past- subject + was/were + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football was played by him.
  • Past continuous - subject + was/were + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car was being driven by him.
  • Past perfect - subject + had + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car had been driven by him.
88

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

The committee worked up the matter for two hours but could not reach any consensus.

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    talked over

  3. ((c))

    worked for

  4. ((d))

    came round

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

talked over

The correct answer is- 'talked over.'

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, a matter is being discussed by the committee.
  • And the correct phrasal verb to indicate a discussion is 'talked over.'
  • Let's understand the meaning of talked over:
  • talked over is a phrasal verb and it means to discuss a situation with someone, to find out their opinion or get advice before making a decision about it.
  • Example: Employees had two weeks to talk over the issue with their families before making a decision.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: The committee talked over the matter for two hours but could not reach any consensus.

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn the use of other given options:
  • work up - to develop an idea, a plan, etc. by considering all the details
  • work for - to do an activity for someone
  • come around - to change your opinion of something, often influenced by another person's opinion
89

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

She asked me affectionately what she could do for me.

  1. ((a))

    She said to me, “What she could do for me?”

  2. ((b))

    She said to me, “What can I do for you, dear?”

  3. ((c))

    She said to me, “What can you do for her, dear?”

  4. ((d))

    She said to me, “What could I do for me?”

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

She said to me, “What can I do for you, dear?”

The correct answer is- 'She said to me, “What can I do for you, dear?”'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to a direct speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • Remove the infinite word (asked) from the reporting speech and put a question mark after the reported speech.
  • In the given sentence, the verb (could) in the reported speech will change to 'can'.
  • Change the assertive sentence to an interrogative sentence.
  • Example: 
  • Indirect: She asked whether she was coming to the prom night.
  • Direct: She said to her, “Are you coming to the prom night?”
  • The conjunction 'that' should be replaced by an inverted comma, enclosing the reported speech.
  • The pronoun she will change to I.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: She said to me, “What can I do for you, dear?”

Additional Information  ​

  • Here are some rules that should be followed while converting an indirect speech to direct speech:
  • Use the reporting verb such as (say, said to) in its correct tense.
  • Put a comma before the statement and the first letter of the statement should be in capital letter.
  • Insert question marksquotation marksexclamation marks and full stop, based on the mood of the sentence. And remove the infinitive words like request, ask, order wherever necessary.
  • Remove the conjunctions like (that, if or whether) wherever necessary.
  • Where the reporting verb is in the past tense in indirect, change it to present tense in the direct speech.
  • Change the past perfect tense either into present perfect tense or past indefinite tense, as necessary.
90

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

She says that she would like to be an ambassador to a foreign country when she grows up.

  1. ((a))

    She told, “I like to be an ambassador to a foreign country when I grow up.”

  2. ((b))

    She says, “I would like to be an ambassador to a foreign country when I grow up.”

  3. ((c))

    She says, “She likes to be an ambassador to a foreign country when she grows up.”

  4. ((d))

    She said, “She would like to be an ambassador to a foreign country when she grew up.”

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

She says, “I would like to be an ambassador to a foreign country when I grow up.”

The correct answer is- 'She says, “I would like to be an ambassador to a foreign country when I grow up.”'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to a direct speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • In the given sentence, the reporting speech is in the present tense.
  • We know that when the reporting speech is in the present tense there is no change in the tense of the reported speech.
  • The conjunction 'that' should be replaced by an inverted comma, enclosing the reported speech.
  • The pronoun she will change to I.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: She says, “I would like to be an ambassador to a foreign country when I grow up.”

Additional Information ​

  • Here are some rules that should be followed while converting an indirect speech to direct speech:
  • Use the reporting verb such as (say, said to) in its correct tense.
  • Put a comma before the statement and the first letter of the statement should be in capital letter.
  • Insert question marks, quotation marks, exclamation marks and full stop, based on the mood of the sentence.
  • Remove the conjunctions like (that, to, if or whether) wherever necessary.
  • Where the reporting verb is in the past tense in indirect, change it to present tense in the direct speech.
  • Change the past perfect tense either into present perfect tense or past indefinite tense, as necessary.
91

Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. The well was highly useful to the people who lived in the surrounding huts.

B. The well was dangerous: but it had been there for so long that no one worried about it.

C. Consequently, the mouth of the well had gradually widened as the soil and rocks on the side fell in.

D. There had never been any money for a wall around the well.

E. They had dug it two years before because the only water tap in the colony was not

enough for the slum’s growing population.

F. Apart from a chicken that had fallen in and had been rescued, the well seemed harmless.

  1. ((a))

    ADBECF

  2. ((b))

    AEBDCF

  3. ((c))

    ADBCEF

  4. ((d))

    AEDCBF

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

AEDCBF

The correct answer is- 'AEDCBF.' 

Key Points

  • By reading the above-given options we can understand that the passage is about a well.
  • E will follow A, as the pronoun (they) refers to the noun (the people) mentioned in A.
  • C will follow D, as the adverb (consequently) show that because of the reason mentioned in D the consequence shown in C happened.
  • F will follow B, as F gives the reason why the well seemed harmless to the people.
  • Thus option 4 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is:

A. The well was highly useful to the people who lived in the surrounding huts.

E. They had dug it two years before because the only water tap in the colony was not

enough for the slum’s growing population.

D. There had never been any money for a wall around the well.

C. Consequently, the mouth of the well had gradually widened as the soil and rocks on the side fell in.

B. The well was dangerous: but it had been there for so long that no one worried about it.

F. Apart from a chicken that had fallen in and had been rescued, the well seemed harmless.

Important Points   

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
92

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

DILEMMA

  1. ((a))

    advantage

  2. ((b))

    success

  3. ((c))

    quandary

  4. ((d))

    solution

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

quandary

The correct answer is- 'quandary'

Key Points 

  • Let's understand the meaning of the given word:
  • The word dilemma is a noun and it means a situation in which a difficult choice has to be made between two different things. (ऐसी स्थिति जिसमें दो अलग-अलग चीजों के बीच एक कठिन चुनाव करना पड़ता है।)
  • Example: She faces the dilemma of disobeying her father or losing the man she loves.
  • By this meaning, we can say that 'quandary' is a similar word to 'dilemma.'

Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

Additional Information 

  • The antonyms of the given word is:
  • solution
  • The meaning of the given options is:
  • quandary - State of uncertainty or perplexity especially as requiring a choice between equally unfavourable options (अनिश्चितता या उलझन की स्थिति विशेष रूप से समान रूप से प्रतिकूल विकल्पों के बीच)
  • advantage - Having a superior or more favourable position (श्रेष्ठ या अधिक अनुकूल स्थिति होना)
  • success - A state of prosperity (समृद्धि की स्थिति)
  • solution - A method for solving a problem (किसी समस्या को हल करने का एक तरीका)
93

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

The plant will die unless you will water it every day.

  1. ((a))

    you will water

  2. ((b))

    will die

  3. ((c))

    every day

  4. ((d))

    unless

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

you will water

The correct sentence is- 'you will water'

Key Points 

  • In the given sentence, the verb 'will' is incorrectly used.
  • As the given sentence is a conditional sentence. So the main clause should be in the future tense and the subordinate clause will be in the present indefinite tense.
  • Let's understand the structure of the conditional sentence:
  • simple future tense [main clause] + if/unless + simple present tense [subordinate clause].
  • ​​Example: I will go to the movie if I complete my homework.
  • So to make the sentence correct remove the helping verb will.
  • Thus, option 1 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: The plant will die unless you water it every day. 

Additional Information

  • First conditional sentences are used to express situations in which the outcome is likely (but not guaranteed) to happen in the future.
  • Examples:
  • If you rest, you will feel better.
  • If you set your mind to a goal, you’ll eventually achieve it.
94

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Since 10 o’clock in the morning, he worked on this design.

  1. ((a))

    he was working

  2. ((b))

    he had worked

  3. ((c))

    he has been working

  4. ((d))

    No substitution required

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

he has been working

The correct answer is- 'he has been working.'

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, the action started in the morning and it is still going on.
  • So the sentence is in the present perfect continuous tense.
  • We know that the structure of the present perfect continuous tense is:
  • subject + has/have + been + verb + ing + since/for + object.
  • Example: He has been playing in the garden for 2 hours.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: Since 10 o’clock in the morning, he has been working on this design.

Confusion Points 

  • We can use present perfect continuous tense for:
  • to talk about a finished activity in the recent past. Using the present perfect continuous focuses on the activity.
  • Example: I’ve just been cleaning the car. (The car is wet and clean.)
  • for a single activity that began at a point in the past and is still continuing:
  • Example: He’s been living in the village since 1995. (He is still living in the village.)
  • to talk about repeated activities that started at a particular time in the past and are still continuing up until now:
  • Example: I’ve been going to Spain on holiday every year since 1987.
95

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

We use this hall on special occasions.

  1. ((a))

    This hall is used on special occasions.

  2. ((b))

    This hall was being used on special occasions.

  3. ((c))

    This hall has been used on special occasions.

  4. ((d))

    This hall is being used on special occasions.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

This hall is used on special occasions.

The correct answer is- 'This hall is used on special occasions.'

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the simple present tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • He throws the ball away. (active)
  • The ball is thrown away by him. (passive)

Thus option 1 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple present - subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuous - subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfect - subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.
96

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

It was _______ who encouraged me while I was sunk in despair.

  1. ((a))

    us

  2. ((b))

    he

  3. ((c))

    our

  4. ((d))

    we

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

he

The correct answer is- 'he.' 

Key Points  

  • In the given sentence the pronoun 'he' is the correct choice to fill.
  • We need to use the nominative case (he, she, I) of the pronoun after a linking verb. So, we must use 'It was he' as 'was' is a linking verb.
  • Example: It was I who wrote you the letter.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

The correct sentence is: It was he who encouraged me while I was sunk in despair.

Additional Information  

  • Let's learn more about the linking verbs:
  • Linking verbs are verbs that serve as a connection between a subject and further information about that subject. They do not show any action rather, they link the subject with the rest of the sentence. The verb to be is the most common linking verb.  
  • Example: 
  • The moon is in outer space.
  • She was a nurse.
97

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

If the police hasn’t stopped us we would have reached home by now.

  1. ((a))

    hadn’t stopped us we would have reached

  2. ((b))

    No substitution required

  3. ((c))

    hasn’t stopped us we would reach

  4. ((d))

    hadn’t stopped us we will reach

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

hadn’t stopped us we would have reached

The correct answer is- 'hadn’t stopped us we would have reached.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is a third conditional sentence.
  • Let's understand the structure of a third conditional sentence:
  • if + past perfect tense, model verb + have + verb (3rd form) + object.
  • Example: If I had cleaned the house, I would have gone to the movie.
  • Thus option 1 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: If the police hadn’t stopped us we would have reached home by now.

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn about third conditional sentences:
  • It is used to explain that the present circumstances would be different if something different had happened in the past.
  • Example: If I had cleaned the house, I would have gone to the movie. (It means the house was not cleaned and that is why he was not able to go to the movie.)
98

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

This question paper comprises from questions on general awareness and reasoning.

  1. ((a))

    questions on

  2. ((b))

    general awareness

  3. ((c))

    This question paper

  4. ((d))

    comprises from

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

comprises from

The correct sentence is- 'comprises from' 

Key Points 

  • In the given sentence, the preposition 'from' is incorrectly used.
  • We know that the verb comprise is not followed by any preposition because the verb itself means consist of or be made up of.
  • ​​Example: The opening paragraph comprises three sentences.
  • So to make the sentence correct remove the preposition from.
  • Thus option 4 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: This question paper comprises questions on general awareness and reasoning. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn the meaning of the verb 'comprise':
  • Comprise means to have things or people as parts or members; to consist of.
  • Example: The course comprises a class book, a practice book, and a CD.

Confusion Points​​

  • We cannot use a preposition in be comprised of. This form, be comprised of, has the same meaning as comprise.
  • Example:
  • His country is comprised of fifty states and one district.
  • His country comprises fifty states and one district.
99

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

The Railway has started special trains for the workers.

  1. ((a))

    Special trains are being started for the workers by the Railway.

  2. ((b))

    Special trains have been started for the workers by the Railway.

  3. ((c))

    Special trains has been started for the workers by the Railway.

  4. ((d))

    Special trains will be started for the workers by the Railway.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Special trains have been started for the workers by the Railway.

The correct answer is- 'Special trains have been started for the workers by the Railway.'

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the present perfect tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • He has moved the table. (active)
  • The table has been moved by him. (passive)

Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

Additional Information 

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple presentsubject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuoussubject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfectsubject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.
100

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

These tutorials are so elementary that they can help neither you nor I.

  1. ((a))

    so elementary that

  2. ((b))

    neither you nor I

  3. ((c))

    These tutorials are

  4. ((d))

    they can help

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

neither you nor I

The correct sentence is- 'neither you nor I' 

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, the pronoun 'i' is incorrectly used.
  • We know that we use the objective case of a pronoun when it is used at the place of the object.
  • ​​Example: 
  • I know him very well. (subjective case)
  • He knows me very well. (objective case)
  • So to make the sentence correct replace the subjective case 'I*'* with the objective case 'me.'
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: These tutorials are so elementary that they can help neither you nor me. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn more about the subjective and the objective case.
  • The subjective case is the case used for a noun or pronoun that is the subject of a verb. Whereas, the objective case is the case used for a noun or pronoun that is the object of a verb
  • Example: 
  • I saw the dog. (subjective case of the pronoun I)
  • The dog saw me. (objective case of the pronoun I)
101

Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

The books should have been placed on their proper shelves.

  1. ((a))

    You should place the books on their proper shelves.

  2. ((b))

    You will have placed the books on their proper shelves.

  3. ((c))

    You need to place the books on their proper shelves.

  4. ((d))

    You should have placed the books on their proper shelves.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

You should have placed the books on their proper shelves.

The correct answer is- 'You should have placed the books on their proper shelves.'

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the present perfect tense.
  • So the structure for conversion to active voice is
  • subject + have/has + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • I have been pushed by him. (passive)
  • He has pushed me. (active)

Thus option 4 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple present - subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuous - subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfect - subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.
102

Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. Indeed, Kondiba, the beggar, had saved a life.

B. However, word soon began to spread about the beggar’s courage.

C. By afternoon Kondiba was back on the streets of Bombay with his gunny sack.

D. But his own still had to go on, and for him, this meant begging.

E. His picture and the story of his daring rescue were published in many newspapers.

F. Suddenly Kondiba became a hero.

  1. ((a))

    ADECBF

  2. ((b))

    ADCBEF

  3. ((c))

    ACEDBF

  4. ((d))

    ACDBEF

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

ADCBEF

The correct answer is- 'ADCBEF.' 

Key Points

  • By reading the above-given options we can understand that the passage is about a beggar.
  • D will follow A, as the word (his own) refers to the noun (life) mentioned in A.
  • C will follow next, to save his own life he had to come on the streets and beg for food and money.
  • E will follow B as, after the words of his courage spread, the news channels also covered him.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is:

A. Indeed, Kondiba, the beggar, had saved a life.

D. But his own still had to go on, and for him, this meant begging.

C. By afternoon Kondiba was back on the streets of Bombay with his gunny sack.

​B. However, word soon began to spread about the beggar’s courage.

E. His picture and the story of his daring rescue were published in many newspapers.

F. Suddenly Kondiba became a hero.

Important Points

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
103

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

The customer asked the shopkeeper how much she had to pay for the little glass table.

  1. ((a))

    The customer said to the shopkeeper, “How much have I to pay for the little glass table?”

  2. ((b))

    The customer said to the shopkeeper, “How much I am to pay for the little glass table?”

  3. ((c))

    The customer said to the shopkeeper, “How much she had to pay for the little glass table?”

  4. ((d))

    The customer said to the shopkeeper, “How much had I to pay for the little glass table?”

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

The customer said to the shopkeeper, “How much have I to pay for the little glass table?”

The correct answer is- 'The customer said to the shopkeeper, “How much have I to pay for the little glass table?”'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to a direct speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • In the given sentence, the verb (had) in the reported speech will change to 'have'.
  • Change the assertive sentence to an interrogative sentence. And remove the infinitive words (asked).
  • Example: 
  • Indirect: She asked whether she was coming to the prom night.
  • Direct: She said to her, “Are you coming to the prom night?”
  • Put inverted commas, enclosing the reported speech.
  • The pronoun she will change to I. And place a question mark after the sentence.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 1 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: The customer said to the shopkeeper, “How much have I to pay for the little glass table?”

Additional Information ​

  • Here are some rules that should be followed while converting an indirect speech to direct speech:
  • Use the reporting verb such as (say, said to) in its correct tense.
  • Put a comma before the statement and the first letter of the statement should be in capital letter.
  • Insert question marksquotation marksexclamation marks and full stop, based on the mood of the sentence.
  • Remove the conjunctions like (that, to, if or whether) wherever necessary.
  • Where the reporting verb is in the past tense in indirect, change it to present tense in the direct speech.
  • Change the past perfect tense either into present perfect tense or past indefinite tense, as necessary.
104

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

I don’t think your sister is enjoying the party. She ______ at her watch for the last half an hour.

  1. ((a))

    has looked

  2. ((b))

    had looked

  3. ((c))

    had been looking

  4. ((d))

    has been looking

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

has been looking

The correct answer is- 'has been looking.' 

Key Points  

  • In the given sentence the verb 'has been looking' is the correct choice to fill.
  • The preceding sentence in the present continuous tense suggests that the party is still going on.
  • So, to show an action started in the past and is continuing at the present time, we use the present perfect continuous tense.
  • ExampleI have been reading War and Peace for a month now.
  • Thus option 4 is the correct answer.

The correct sentence is: I don’t think your sister is enjoying the party. She has been looking at her watch for the last half an hour.

Additional Information

  • Let's learn about the present perfect continuous tense:
  • Recently and lately are words that we often find with verbs in the present perfect continuous tense
  • Example: 
  • *I haven’t been feeling well lately. (*To convey that I am still not feeling well)
  • ​​Not all verbs are compatible with continuous action. In this case, the sentence structure is different:
  • Example:
  • ​I have been owning this house since 2007. (incorrect)
  • I have owned this house since 2007. (correct)
105

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

A worker told his companion that he was totally exhausted and couldn’t walk anymore.

  1. ((a))

    A worker said to his companion, “He was totally exhausted and couldn’t walk anymore.”

  2. ((b))

    A worker said to his companion, “I am totally exhausted and cannot walk anymore.”

  3. ((c))

    A worker said to his companion, “He is totally exhausted and couldn’t walk anymore.”

  4. ((d))

    A worker said to his companion, “I was totally exhausted and couldn’t walk anymore.”

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

A worker said to his companion, “I am totally exhausted and cannot walk anymore.”

The correct answer is- 'A worker said to his companion, “I am totally exhausted and cannot walk anymore.”'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to a direct speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • In the reporting speech, replace the verb 'told' with 'said to/says'.
  • We know that when the reporting speech is in the past indefinite change it to present indefinite.
  • The model verb 'could' will change to can.
  • The conjunction 'that' should be replaced by an inverted comma, enclosing the reported speech.
  • The pronoun she will change to I.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: A worker said to his companion, “I am totally exhausted and cannot walk anymore.”

Additional Information ​

  • Here are some rules that should be followed while converting an indirect speech to direct speech:
  • Use the reporting verb such as (say, said to) in its correct tense.
  • Put a comma before the statement and the first letter of the statement should be in capital letter.
  • Insert question marksquotation marksexclamation marks and full stop, based on the mood of the sentence.
  • Remove the conjunctions like (that, to, if or whether) wherever necessary.
  • Where the reporting verb is in the past tense in indirect, change it to present tense in the direct speech.
  • Change the past perfect tense either into present perfect tense or past indefinite tense, as necessary.
106

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blanks.

When John arrived ______ the exhibition it was already ______ full swing.

  1. ((a))

    at, in

  2. ((b))

    in, in

  3. ((c))

    at, at

  4. ((d))

    in, at

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

at, in

The correct answer is- 'at, in

Key Points  

  • In the given sentence the preposition 'at, in' is the correct choice to fill.
  • We use at to refer to activities that involve a group of people.
  • Example: I didn’t know anyone at the party.
  • The preposition in is used before 'full swing.'
  • Example: The economic recovery is now in full swing.
  • Thus option 1 is the correct answer.

The correct sentence is: When John arrived at the exhibition it was already in full swing.

Additional Information  

  • Let's learn the meaning of in full swing:
  • In full swing is a phrase and it means at a stage when the level of activity is at its highest.
  • Example:
  • When we got there, the party was in full swing.
  • The economic recovery is now in full swing.
107

Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

All international and domestic flights have been cancelled by the government due to the Corona crisis.

  1. ((a))

    The government had cancelled all international and domestic flights due to the Corona crisis.

  2. ((b))

    The government has been cancelling all international and domestic flights due to the Corona crisis.

  3. ((c))

    The government is cancelling all international and domestic flights due to the Corona crisis.

  4. ((d))

    The government has cancelled all international and domestic flights due to the Corona crisis.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The government has cancelled all international and domestic flights due to the Corona crisis.

The correct answer is- 'The government has cancelled all international and domestic flights due to the Corona crisis.'

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the present perfect tense.
  • So the structure for conversion to active voice is
  • subject + have/has + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • I have been pushed by him. (passive)
  • He has pushed me. (active)

Thus option 4 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple present - subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuous - subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfect - subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.
108

Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. The Qazi was holding his court.

B. Sultan Gayasuddin entered the courtroom.

C. He remained seated as before.

D. Everybody stood up in respect, except the Qazi.

E. The room was packed with people, all eager to hear a case against the Sultan of the country.

F. He called for the widow and asked her to explain her case against the Sultan.

  1. ((a))

    ADECBF

  2. ((b))

    ACEBDF

  3. ((c))

    AEBDCF

  4. ((d))

    AEDBCF

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

AEBDCF

The correct answer is- 'AEBDCF.' 

Key Points

  • By reading the above-given options we can understand that the passage is about a case against Sultan.
  • E will follow A, as the word (the room) refers to the courtroom mentioned in A.
  • D will follow B, as everyone stood up because the Sultan entered.
  • C will follow next as the pronoun (he) refers to the noun (Qazi) mentioned in the earlier sentence.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is:

A. The Qazi was holding his court.

E. The room was packed with people, all eager to hear a case against the Sultan of the country.

B. Sultan Gayasuddin entered the courtroom.

D. Everybody stood up in respect, except the Qazi.

C. He remained seated as before.

F. He called for the widow and asked her to explain her case against the Sultan.

Important Points

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
109

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

No sooner did the ship touch the shore when the sailor jumped into the water.

  1. ((a))

    jumped into the water.

  2. ((b))

    did the ship touch

  3. ((c))

    the shore

  4. ((d))

    when the sailor

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

when the sailor

The correct sentence is- 'when the sailor' 

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, the adverb 'when' is incorrectly used.
  • We know that no sooner is used to show that one thing happens immediately after another thing. It is followed by 'than' and not by 'when'.
  • ​​Example: No sooner had they started their walk than it started to rain.
  • So to make the sentence correct replace 'when*'* with 'than.'
  • Thus option 4 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: No sooner did the ship touch the shore than the sailor jumped into the water. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn more about the no sooner...than.
  • When no sooner is used in the front position, we invert the order of the auxiliary verb and subject.
  • ​Structure: No sooner + auxiliary verb + subject...than + second event.
  • Example: 
  • They had no sooner started their walk than it started to rain.
  • No sooner had they started their walk than it started to rain.
110

Select the wrongly spelt word.

  1. ((a))

    glorious

  2. ((b))

    virtious

  3. ((c))

    anxious

  4. ((d))

    precious

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

virtious

The correct answer is- 'virtious'

Key Points

  • In the given options the word 'virtious' is incorrectly spelt as it does not have any meaning.
  • The correct spelling would be virtuous.
  • The word virtuous is an adjective and it means having good moral qualities and behaviour. (अच्छे नैतिक गुण और व्यवहार होना।)
  • Example: He described them as virtuous and hard-working people.

Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

Additional Information

  • The meaning of the other given options is:
  • glorious - Having great beauty and splendour (महान सौंदर्य और वैभव होना)
  • anxious - Worried and nervous (चिंतित और घबराया हुआ)
  • precious - Of high worth or cost (उच्च मूल्य या लागत का)
111

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

An educated lady makes a better mother than an uneducated one.

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    is making a better mother

  3. ((c))

    make a better mother

  4. ((d))

    makes a best mother

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

No substitution required

The correct answer is- 'No substitution required.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is grammatically correct so no improvement is required.
  • As we are talking in general and not about a current situation, so option 2 is incorrect.
  • The subject is singular (lady) so it should be followed by a singular verb (makes). Hence option 3 is also incorrect.
  • As we are comparing two kinds of person we need to use a comparative degree (better) and not a superlative degree (best).
  • Thus option 1 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: An educated lady makes a better mother than an uneducated one.

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn more about the comparative and superlative degree:
  • When two items or people are compared, a comparative degree is used by putting ‘er’ to the adjective word followed by the word ‘than’.
  • Example: She is smarter than her sister.
  • Similarly, when more than two things or people are compared, the superlative degree is used by putting ‘est’ to the adjective word.
  • Example: He is the strongest wrestler.
112

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

Buy some apples and grapes for the family.

  1. ((a))

    Let us buy some apples and grapes for the family.

  2. ((b))

    Let some apples and grapes be bought for the family.

  3. ((c))

    We should buy some apples and grapes for the family.

  4. ((d))

    Some apples and grapes need to be bought for the family.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Let some apples and grapes be bought for the family.

The correct answer is- 'Let some apples and grapes be bought for the family.'

Key Points 

  • We know that while converting an imperative sentence into passive voice the following structure is followed:
  • the structure for conversion is
  • Let + object + be + past participle
  • Example: 
  • Active: Carry it home.
  • Passive: Let it be carried home.

Thus option 2 is the correct answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes while converting a negative imperative sentence from active to passive voice:
  • Structure:
  • ​Let + object + not + be + past participle.
  • Example:
  • ​Active*: Do not beat the dog.*
  • Passive*: Let the dog not be beaten.*
113

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

Rahul told me he didn’t have time to go to the dispensary as he was getting late for the office.

  1. ((a))

    Rahul said to me, “He didn’t have time to go to the dispensary as I was getting late for the office.”

  2. ((b))

    Rahul said to me, “I don’t have time to go to the dispensary as I am getting late for the office.”

  3. ((c))

    Rahul said to me, “I haven’t got time to go to the dispensary as I was getting late for the office.”

  4. ((d))

    Rahul said to me, “I couldn’t have time to go to the dispensary as he was getting late for the office.”

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Rahul said to me, “I don’t have time to go to the dispensary as I am getting late for the office.”

The correct answer is- 'Rahul said to me, “I don’t have time to go to the dispensary as I am getting late for the office.”​

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to a direct speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • In the reporting speech, replace the verb 'told' with 'said to/says'.
  • The helping verb 'did' will be changed into 'do' and 'was' will be changed into 'am'.
  • We know that when the reporting speech is in the past indefinite change it to present indefinite.
  • The conjunction 'that' should be replaced by an inverted comma, enclosing the reported speech.
  • The pronoun he will change to I.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: Rahul said to me, “I haven’t got time to go to the dispensary as I was getting late for the office.”

Additional Information ​

  • Here are some rules that should be followed while converting an indirect speech to direct speech:
  • Use the reporting verb such as (say, said to) in its correct tense.
  • Put a comma before the statement and the first letter of the statement should be in capital letter.
  • Insert question marksquotation marksexclamation marks and full stop, based on the mood of the sentence.
  • Remove the conjunctions like (that, to, if or whether) wherever necessary.
  • Where the reporting verb is in the past tense in indirect, change it to present tense in the direct speech.
  • Change the past perfect tense either into present perfect tense or past indefinite tense, as necessary.
114

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

All the school have been closed in the country due to Covid-19.

  1. ((a))

    All the school

  2. ((b))

    in the country

  3. ((c))

    have been closed

  4. ((d))

    due to Covid-19

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

All the school

The correct sentence is- 'All the school' 

Key Points

  • In the given sentence, the noun 'school' is incorrectly used.
  • We know that All means 'everyone,' ‘the complete number or amount’ or ‘the whole’. We use it as a determiner. We can use a countable noun or an uncountable noun after it. When we use a countable noun after it, the countable noun is used in its plural form.
  • ​​Example: All my friends are away at university.
  • So to make the sentence correct replace 'school*'* with 'schools.'
  • Thus option 1 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: All the schools have been closed in the country due to Covid-19. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn the use of all and whole.
  • We use them before nouns and with other determiners to refer to a total number or complete set of things in a group.
  • ​Structure: 
  • all + determiner + noun.
  • determiner + whole + noun
  • Example: 
  • All the cast had food poisoning. They were forced to cancel the show.
  • The whole cast had food poisoning. They were forced to cancel the show.
115

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

This institute is offering a new online course in Entrepreneurship.

  1. ((a))

    A new online course in Entrepreneurship is being offered by this institute.

  2. ((b))

    A new online course in Entrepreneurship has offered this institute.

  3. ((c))

    A new online course in Entrepreneurship is offered by this institute.

  4. ((d))

    A new online course in Entrepreneurship has been offered by this institute.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

A new online course in Entrepreneurship is being offered by this institute.

The correct answer is- 'A new online course in Entrepreneurship is being offered by this institute.'

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is in the present continuous tense.
  • So the structure for conversion is
  • subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: 
  • He is moving the table. (active)
  • The table is being moved by him. (passive)

Thus option 1 is the correct answer.

Additional Information 

  • Let's understand how the sentence structure changes in present tense while converting from active to passive voice:
  • Simple present - subject + is/am/are + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: Football is played by him.
  • Present continuous - subject + is/am/are + being + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car is being driven by him.
  • Present perfect - subject + has/have + been + verb (3rd form) + object
  • Example: The car has been driven by him.
116

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

She demanded of her younger brother why he had taken her paints without her permission.

  1. ((a))

    She said to her younger brother angrily, “Why do you take my paints without my permission?”

  2. ((b))

    She asked her younger brother angrily, “Why do you have to take my paints without my permission?”

  3. ((c))

    She said to her younger brother angrily, “Why have you taken my paints without my permission?”

  4. ((d))

    She said to her younger brother, “Why he had taken her paints without her permission?”

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

She said to her younger brother angrily, “Why have you taken my paints without my permission?”

The correct answer is- 'She said to her younger brother angrily, “Why have you taken my paints without my permission?”'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to a direct speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • Remove the infinitive verb (demanded) from the reporting speech and put a question mark after the reported speech.
  • The given sentence is in the past perfect tense, it will change to the present perfect tense.
  • Change the assertive sentence to an interrogative sentence.
  • Example: 
  • Indirect: She asked whether she was coming to the prom night.
  • Direct: She said to her, “Are you coming to the prom night?”
  • Insert an inverted comma, enclosing the reported speech.
  • The pronoun he will change to you.
  • And her will change to my.
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 3 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: She said to her younger brother angrily, “Why have you taken my paints without my permission?”

Additional Information  ​

  • Here are some rules that should be followed while converting an indirect speech to direct speech:
  • Use the reporting verb such as (say, said to) in its correct tense.
  • Put a comma before the statement and the first letter of the statement should be in capital letter.
  • Insert question marksquotation marksexclamation marks and full stop, based on the mood of the sentence. And remove the infinitive words like request, ask, order wherever necessary.
  • Remove the conjunctions like (that, if or whether) wherever necessary.
  • Where the reporting verb is in the past tense in indirect, change it to present tense in the direct speech.
  • Change the past perfect tense either into present perfect tense or past indefinite tense, as necessary.
117

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

Hue and cry

  1. ((a))

    An admirable idea

  2. ((b))

    A polite request

  3. ((c))

    A fair bargain

  4. ((d))

    A noisy expression of anger

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

A noisy expression of anger

The correct answer is- 'A noisy expression of anger.' 

Key Points

  • Let's understand the meaning of the given idiom:
  • Hue and cry mean a noisy expression of public anger or disapproval. (जनता के गुस्से या अस्वीकृति की शोर भरी अभिव्यक्ति।)
  • Example: There has been a great hue and cry about the council's plans to close the school.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'A noisy expression of anger' is the correct answer.

Hence option 4 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let's learn the origin of the given idiom:
  • This expression dating from the 1200s originally meant "an outcry calling for the pursuit of a criminal." By the mid-1500s it was also being used more broadly.
118

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

The state authorities seemed rather callous regarding the movement of workers during the Covid-19 lockdown.

  1. ((a))

    as regarding the moving of workers during

  2. ((b))

    No substitution required

  3. ((c))

    as regards to the workers movement during

  4. ((d))

    regarding movement in workers along

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

No substitution required

The correct answer is- 'No substitution required.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is grammatically correct so no improvement is required.
  • As is used as a conjunction, joining two clauses. But here the sentence is continuous and does not require conjunction. So option 1 and option 3 are incorrect.
  • We are talking about the movement of workers from one place to another, so the correct preposition is 'of.'
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: The state authorities seemed rather callous regarding the movement of workers during the Covid-19 lockdown.

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn about the use of rather:
  • We use 'rather' to give emphasis to an adjective (callous) or adverb. We use it to express something unexpected or surprising.
  • ​Example: I’m afraid I behaved rather badly.
119

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. I was brought up by my sister, who was much older than me.

B. I never knew my father or mother.

C. They died when I was very young.

D. She married the village blacksmith, Joe Gargery, and I must say that he was much kinder to me than she was.

  1. ((a))

    BADC

  2. ((b))

    ABCD

  3. ((c))

    BCAD

  4. ((d))

    ACDB

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

BCAD

The correct answer is- 'BCAD.' 

Key Points

  • B will follow C, as the pronoun (they) refers to the noun (father and mother) mentioned in B.
  • D will follow A, as the pronoun (she) refers to the noun (my sister) mentioned in A.
  • So there is only one option that matches this combination.
  • Thus option 3 is the correct answer.

The correct sequence is:

B. I never knew my father or mother.

C. They died when I was very young.

A. I was brought up by my sister, who was much older than me.

D. She married the village blacksmith, Joe Gargery, and I must say that he was much kinder to me than she was.

Important Points

  • Here are some tips to solve the para jumbles:
  • You need to understand the idea behind the paragraph. If you can understand the idea/theme of the paragraph it is easy to put the sentences in order then.
  • You should look out for the starting or the concluding sentences in the question. Sometimes they are clearly visible and can help you immensely in identifying the correct sequence.
  • You need to know the relationships between different sentences to put them in the right sequence.
  • You should first fix the relationships of sentences, put them in order and then check the options.
  • Transition words and contrasting words also help in finding clean relationships between sentences of the sentence rearrangement.
  • Do not over depend on options, they only confuse you if you keep looking at them, use them as facilitators only, especially to fix your first sentence.
  • The whole paragraph should have a coherent idea and flow when arranged in the correct order.
120

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

Give and take

  1. ((a))

    Obliging each other mutually

  2. ((b))

    Taking something from others

  3. ((c))

    Giving away something for free

  4. ((d))

    Being mild in your dealings

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Obliging each other mutually

The correct answer is- 'Obliging each other mutually.' 

Key Points

  • Let's understand the meaning of the given idiom:
  • Give and take mean the exchange of mutual compromise or concession; negotiation. (आपसी समझौता या रियायत का आदान-प्रदान; बातचीत)
  • Example: There's always going to be some give and take when new legislation is introduced in politics.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'Obliging each other mutually' is the correct answer.

Hence option 1 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn the origin of the given idiom:
  • This expression dates from the eighteenth century. The verbal form, to give and take, dates from the early 1500s. “Give and take is fair in all nations,” wrote Fannie Burney in 1778,
121

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

He is wanting to give Rahul a guitar on his birthday.

  1. ((a))

    He wants to give

  2. ((b))

    He wants to giving

  3. ((c))

    He want to give

  4. ((d))

    No substitution required

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

He wants to give

The correct answer is- 'He wants to give.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is about a wish or desire of someone.
  • We use the verb want is used in its first form to express wishes or desires
  • Example: This is a new kind of fruit juice so I want to try it. (we cannot say "I am wanting to try it.")
  • With a singular subject (he) we need a singular verb (wants), so option 3 is incorrect.
  • Thus option 1 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: He wants to give Rahul a guitar on his birthday.

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn about non-continuous verbs:
  • Non-continuous verbs are verbs that we do not normally use with continuous tenses. These "stative" verbs are about state, not action, and they cannot express the continuous or progressive aspect. Here are some of the most common non-continuous verbs:
  • feelingshate, like, love, prefer, want, wish
  • Example:
  • ​I don't believe you are right.
  • I want a coffee.
122

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Cornelius said to Pauline, “You will have to agree to drive me to town from time to time.”

  1. ((a))

    Cornelius requested Pauline to drive him to town from time to time.

  2. ((b))

    Cornelius told Pauline that she would have to agree to drive him to town from time to time.

  3. ((c))

    Cornelius said to Pauline that you will have to agree to drive me to town from time to time.

  4. ((d))

    Cornelius said to Pauline that she will have to agree to drive him to town from time to time.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Cornelius told Pauline that she would have to agree to drive him to town from time to time.

The correct answer is- 'Cornelius assured Pauline that she could have her old job back with a raise in the salary.'

Key Points

  • To change the sentence to an indirect speech we need to follow the following steps:
  • As the reported speech shows an imperative mood, we will add 'agree to' to express this mood.
  • The inverted commas of reported speech should be replaced with the conjunction 'that.'
  • The verb 'will' changes to would.
  • Example:
  • Direct: She said, ‘I will dance’.
  • Indirect: She said that she would dance.
  • The pronoun you will change to she (as it refers to Pauline)
  • The pronoun 'me' will change to him. (as it refers to Cornelius)
  • Thus according to the given steps, option 2 is the correct answer.

And the correct sentence is: Cornelius told Pauline that she would have to agree to drive him to town from time to time.

Additional Information 

  • While changing direct speech to indirect speech, the modal verbs used in the sentences change like:
  • Can becomes could
  • Direct: She said, ‘She can dance’.
  • Indirect: She said that she could dance.
  • May becomes might
  • Direct: She said, ‘I may buy a dress’.
  • Indirect: She said that she might buy a dress.
  • Must becomes had to /would have to 
  • Direct: Rama said, ‘I must complete the assignment’.
  • Indirect: Rama said that he had to complete the assignment.
  • There are modal verbs that do not change – Could, Would, Should, Might, Ought to
  • Direct: She said, ‘I should clean the house.'
  • Indirect: She said that she should clean the house.
123

Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

An entrance hall in a building used by the public, especially a hotel or theatre

  1. ((a))

    portico

  2. ((b))

    foyer

  3. ((c))

    gallery

  4. ((d))

    aisle

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

foyer

The correct answer is- 'foyer.' 

Key Points

  • Let's understand the meaning of foyer:
  • The foyer is a noun and it means a large open area just inside the entrance of a public building such as a theatre or a hotel, where people can wait and meet each other. (एक सार्वजनिक भवन जैसे थिएटर या होटल के प्रवेश द्वार के अंदर एक बड़ा खुला क्षेत्र, जहाँ लोग प्रतीक्षा कर सकते हैं और एक दूसरे से मिल सकते हैं)
  • Example: I'll see you downstairs in the foyer in half an hour.
  • By the above meaning and example, we can say that 'foyer' is the correct answer.

Hence option 2 is the appropriate answer. 

Additional Information 

  • Let's learn the meaning of the other given options:
  • portico - A porch or entrance to a building consisting of a covered and often columned area (एक ढके हुए और अक्सर स्तंभित क्षेत्र से युक्त भवन का प्रवेश द्वार)
  • gallery - A porch along the outside of a building (एक इमारत के बाहर एक बरामदा)
  • aisle - A long narrow passage as in a cave or woods (एक गुफा या जंगल में एक लंबा संकरा रास्ता)
124

Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

PERSEVERANCE

  1. ((a))

    determination

  2. ((b))

    dedication

  3. ((c))

    tenacity

  4. ((d))

    indifference

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

indifference

The correct answer is- 'indifference'

Key Points 

  • Let's understand the meaning of the given word:
  • The word perseverance is a noun and it means continued effort to do or achieve something, even when this is difficult or takes a long time. (कुछ करने या हासिल करने के लिए निरंतर प्रयास, भले ही यह कठिन हो या लंबा समय लगे।)
  • Example: It took a lot of patience and perseverance for all sides to reach an agreement.
  • By this meaning, we can say that 'indifference' is the opposite word to 'perseverance.'

Thus option 4 is the correct answer.

Additional Information 

  • The synonyms of the given word are:
  • Dedication, Determination, Tenacity
  • The meaning of the given options is:
  • indifference - The trait of lacking enthusiasm for or interest in things generally (आम तौर पर चीजों के लिए उत्साह या रुचि की कमी होना)
  • determination - The quality of being determined to do or achieve something (कुछ हासिल करने के लिए दृढ़ निश्चयी होना)
  • dedication - The act of binding yourself to a course of action (अपने आप को एक क्रिया के लिए बाध्य करने का कार्य)
  • tenacity - Persistent determination (निरंतर दृढ़ संकल्प)
125

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

We saw some children _______ with one another as we were walking around.

  1. ((a))

    quarrels

  2. ((b))

    to quarrel

  3. ((c))

    quarrelled

  4. ((d))

    quarrelling

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

quarrelling

The correct answer is- 'quarrelling.' 

Key Points  

  • In the given sentence the verb 'quarrelling' is the correct choice to fill.
  • In the given sentence the verb quarrel is used as a gerund (verb + ing) and not as a verb.
  • we can also understand it as the word quarrelling is not followed by a helping verb, so it is not acting as a verb here.
  • Thus option 2 is the correct answer.

The correct sentence is: We saw some children quarrelling with one another as we were walking around.

Additional Information  

  • Let's learn about the conjunction as:
  • We use the conjunction as when one event happens while another is in progress (‘during the time that’). In this case, the verb after is often in the continuous form:  
  • Example: 
  • They arrived as we were leaving.
126

Direction: Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

“What sort of a house are you looking for, Mr. Barrington?” said the house agent.

  1. ((a))

    The house agent asked Mr. Barrington what sort of a house would he be looking for.

  2. ((b))

    The house agent wanted to know what sort of a house was Mr. Barrington looking for.

  3. ((c))

    The house agent asked Mr. Barrington what sort of a house he was looking for.

  4. ((d))

    The house agent asked Mr. Barrington what sort of a house are you looking for.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

The house agent asked Mr. Barrington what sort of a house he was looking for.

The correct answer is 'The house agent asked Mr. Barrington what sort of a house he was looking for.'

Key Points

  • The rules for changing Direct Speech to Indirect Speech:
  • The given sentence is in Present Continuous Tense.
  • Present Continuous Tense changes to Past Continuous Tense.
  • Remove the commas and inverted commas.
  • Do not use that in the sentence of indirect speech.
  • The reporting verb said/said to is changed in asked, demanded, ordered, enquired as per the nature of the sentence.
  • Remove the question mark in the sentence of Indirect speech.
  • The question is changed to assertive form and is simply placed after the reporting verb.
  • Example: John said to me, "What are you doing?" (Direct speech)

                                               John asked me what I was doing. (Indirect speech)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'The house agent asked Mr. Barrington what sort of a house he was looking for.'

 Additional Information 

 

  • If the sentence of Direct speech has a question that cannot be answered by saying yes or no then it does not uses “if” or “whether” in its Indirect speech.
  • Example:  She said to me, “Where did you buy this dress from?” (Direct speech)

                  She asked me where I had bought that dress from. (Indirect speech)

Hinglish  

 

 

  • Direct Speech को Indirect Speech में बदलने का नियम:
  • दिया गया वाक्य Present Continuous Tense में है।
  • Present Continuous Tense, Past Continuous Tense में बदल जाता है
  • Commas और inverted commas हटा दे।
  • Indirect speech के वाक्य में that प्रयोग न करें।
  • Said/said to रिपोर्टिंग verb वाक्य की प्रकृति के अनुसार asked, demanded, ordered, enquired में बदल जाती है।
  • Indirect speech के वाक्य में प्रश्न चिह्न हटा दें।
  • Question को assertive form में बदल दिया जाता है और केवल reporting verb के बाद रखा जाता है।
  • Example: John said to me, "What are you doing?" (Direct speech)

 

                                               John asked me what I was doing. (Indirect speech)

127

Direction: Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. From a very early age I knew that when I grew up I would be writer.

B. For this or the other reasons, I was somewhat lonely.

C. I was the middle child among the three.

D. And I barely saw my father, who was a soldier, till I was eight.

E. But there was a gap of five years on either side.

F. I had the lonely child’s habit of making up stories and holding conversations with imaginary persons.

  1. ((a))

    ABCDEF

  2. ((b))

    ACDEBF

  3. ((c))

    ADECBF

  4. ((d))

    ACEBDF

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

ACEBDF

The correct answer is 'ACEBDF.'

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The opener will be A as it introduces the context of the paragraph.
  • After this, C will come as it adds information about the age.
  • After this, E will come as it is talking about ages which is mentioned in C.
  • B follows E as B talks about loneliness.
  • The last sentence will be F as it is providing a conclusion to the context.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'ACEBDF.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:

A. From a very early age I knew that when I grew up I would be writer.

C. I was the middle child among the three.

E. But there was a gap of five years on either side.

B. For this or the other reasons, I was somewhat lonely.

D. And I barely saw my father, who was a soldier, till I was eight.

F. I had the lonely child’s habit of making up stories and holding conversations with imaginary persons.

Additional Information 

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • Opener, A होगा क्योंकि यह पैराग्राफ के संदर्भ का परिचय देता है।
  • इसके बाद, C आएगा क्योंकि यह उम्र के बारे में जानकारी जोड़ता है।
  • इसके बाद, E आएगा क्योंकि यह उम्र के बारे में बात कर रहा है जिसका उल्लेख सी में किया गया है।
  • B, E का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि B अकेलेपन की बात करता है।
  • अंतिम वाक्य F होगा क्योंकि यह संदर्भ को निष्कर्ष प्रदान कर रहा है।
  • इसलिए, अनुक्रम 'ACEBDF' है।
128

Direction: Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

You are requested to give me change for Rs.2000.

  1. ((a))

    You should give me change for Rs.2000.

  2. ((b))

    Are you giving me change for Rs.2000?

  3. ((c))

    Please give me change for Rs.2000.

  4. ((d))

    Can you give me change for Rs.2000?

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Please give me change for Rs.2000.

The correct answer is 'Please give me change for Rs.2000.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is an Imperative sentence and in Passive Voice.
  • The rule for changing an Imperative sentence from Passive voice to Active voice:
  • Interchange the object and subject with each other, i.e. object of the active sentence become the subject of the passive sentence.​
  • Always insert please if it is a requesting sentence.
  • Example: Please do me a favour tonight. (Active Voice)

                 You are requested to do me a favour tonight. (Passive Voice)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Please give me change for Rs.2000.'

 Additional Information 

  • In Active Voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject performing an action.
  • In Passive Voice, the sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • Example: He reads a novel. (Active Voice)

                A novel is read by him. (Passive Voice)

Hinglish 

 

  • दिया गया वाक्य एक Imperative sentence और Passive Voice में है।
  • एक Imperative sentence को Passive voice to Active voice में बदलने का नियम:
  • Object और Subject को एक दूसरे के साथ बदलें, यानी active sentence की object, passive voice का subject बन जाती है।
  • अगर यह अनुरोध करने वाला वाक्य है तो Plaese हमेशा डालें।
  • Example: Please do me a favour tonight. (Active Voice)

                                                You are requested to do me a favour tonight. (Passive Voice)

129

Direction: Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Walter said to David, “ I am looking forward to tomorrow’s auction.”

  1. ((a))

    Walter told David that I am looking forward to tomorrow’s auction.

  2. ((b))

    Walter told David that he is looking forward to the next day’s auction.

  3. ((c))

    Walter told David that he was looking forward to tomorrow’s auction.

  4. ((d))

    Walter told David that he was looking forward to the next day’s auction.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Walter told David that he was looking forward to the next day’s auction.

The correct answer is 'Walter told David that he was looking forward to the next day’s auction.'

Key Points

  • The rules for changing Direct Speech to Indirect Speech:
  • The given sentence is in Present Continuous Tense.
  • Present Continuous Tense changes to Past Continuous Tense.
  • Said to changed to told.
  • Remove the commas and inverted commas.
  • The first person in reported speech changes according to the subject of reporting speech.
  • Use that in the sentence of indirect speech.
  • Tomorrow changed to 'The next day.'
  • Example: Isha says, “I am going tomorrow.” (Direct speech)

                 Isha says that she is going the next day. (Indirect speech)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Walter told David that he was looking forward to the next day’s auction.'

 Additional Information 

  • If the sentence of Direct speech has a question that cannot be answered by saying yes or no then it does not use “if” or “whether” in its Indirect speech.
  • Example:  She said to me, “Where did you buy this dress from?” (Direct speech)

                  She asked me where I had bought that dress from. (Indirect speech)

Hinglish 

  • Direct Speech को Indirect Speech में बदलने का नियम:
  • दिया गया वाक्य Present Continuous Tense में है।
  • Present Continuous Tense, Past Continuous Tense में बदल गया।
  • Said to, told में बदल गया।
  • Commas और inverted commas हटा दे।
  • Reported speech में first person, reporting speech के subject के अनुसार बदलता है।
  • Indirect speech के वाक्य में  that का प्रयोग करें।
  • Tomorrow, The next day में बदल गया।
  • Example: Isha says, “I am going tomorrow.” (Direct speech)

                 Isha says that she was going the next day. (Indirect speech)

130

Direction: Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

SHALLOW

  1. ((a))

    hollow

  2. ((b))

    deep

  3. ((c))

    trivial

  4. ((d))

    narrow

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

deep

The correct answer is 'deep.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meaning of Shallow:
  • Shallow: having only a short distance from the top to the bottom, not deep. (ऊपर से नीचे तक केवल थोड़ी दूरी होना, गहरा नहीं।)
  • Example: The stream was fairly shallow so we were able to walk across it.
  • ​​Let us see the meanings of the given options:
  • Hollow: having a hole or empty space inside. (अंदर एक छेद या खाली जगह होना।)
  • Deep: going or being a long way down from the top or surface, or being of a particular distance from the top to the bottom, long way down. (ऊपर या सतह से नीचे जाना या लंबा रास्ता तय करना, या ऊपर से नीचे तक एक विशेष दूरी का होना, लंबा रास्ता नीचे होना।)
  • Trivial: having little value or importance. (कम मूल्य या महत्व होना।)
  • Narrow: having a small distance from one side to the other, especially in comparison with the length. (एक तरफ से दूसरी तरफ छोटी दूरी होना, खासकर लंबाई की तुलना में।)
  • From the meanings of the given words, we can say that the word 'Shallow' is the opposite of the meaning of the word 'deep.'
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'deep.'

Additional Information

  • Let us see the synonyms of the given options:

 

WordSynonym
HollowEmpty
DeepFar
TrivialUnimportant
NarrowSmall
131

Direction: Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

The storm last night uprooted a large number of trees.

  1. ((a))

    A large number of trees have been uprooted by the storm last night.

  2. ((b))

    The storm last night was uprooted by a large number of trees.

  3. ((c))

    A large number of trees were uprooted by the storm last night.

  4. ((d))

    A large number of trees uprooted the storm last night.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A large number of trees were uprooted by the storm last night.

The correct answer is 'A large number of trees were uprooted by the storm last night.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in Simple Past Tense and Active Voice.
  • The rule for changing a Simple Past Tense from Active voice to Passive voice:
  • Interchange the object and subject with each other, i.e. object of the active sentence become the subject of the passive sentence.​
  • Structure: Subject + V2 + object (Active Voice)

                  Object + was/were + past participle (V3) + (by + subject) (Passive Voice) 

  • Example: Disha arranged the things. (Active Voice)

                The things were arranged by Disha. (Passive Voice)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'A large number of trees were uprooted by the storm last night.'

 Additional Information 

  • In Active Voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject performing an action.
  • In Passive Voice, the sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • Example: He reads a novel. (Active Voice)

                A novel is read by him. (Passive Voice)

Hinglish  

  • दिया गया वाक्य Simple Past Tense और Active Voice में है।
  • Simple Past Tense को Active voice से Passive voice में बदलने का नियम:
  • Object और Subject को एक दूसरे के साथ बदलें, यानी Active Voice का Object, Passive Voice का Subject बन जाता है।
  • संरचना: Subject + V2 + object (Active Voice)

                  Object + was/were + past participle (V3) + (by + subject) (Passive Voice) 

  • Example: Disha arranged the things. (Active Voice)

                The things were arranged by Disha. (Passive Voice)

132

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

The pilot along with his crew have gone on vacation for a month.

  1. ((a))

    have gone to

  2. ((b))

    No substitution required

  3. ((c))

    has gone on

  4. ((d))

    were gone on

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

has gone on

The correct answer is 'has gone on.'

Key Points

  • The error lies in have gone on part of the sentence.
  • When the phrase along with is used in a sentence, then the verb agrees according to the subject before 'along with'.
  • Example: Riya along with her friends is going to a party.
  • Here, the subject 'Pilot' is singular.
  • Hence, a singular verb should be used.
  • Therefore, the use of 'have gone on' should be replaced by 'has gone on' to make it grammatically correct*.*
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'has gone on.'
  • ​​Correct sentence: The pilot along with his crew has gone on vacation for a month.

Additional Information 

 

 

 

 

  • The present tense is the base form of the verb.
  • We use do and does to make questions with the present simple.
  • We use does for the third person singular (she/he/it) and do for the others.
  • We use do and does with question words like where, what and when.
  • Example: Where do Angela and Rita live?

Hinglish  

 

  • त्रुटि वाक्य के भाग have gone on  में है।
  • जब वाक्य में phrase along with का प्रयोग किया जाता है, तो क्रिया'along with' से पहले subject के अनुसार सहमत होती है।
  • Example: Riya along with her friends is going to a party. ​
  • यहाँ subject 'Pilot', singular है।
  • इसलिए singular verb का प्रयोग करना चाहिए।
  • इसलिए वाक्य के 'have gone on'  प्रयोग को 'has gone on' से बदल देना चाहिए ताकि वह व्याकरण की दृष्टि से सही हो।​
133

Direction: Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

Who has taken away my pen?

  1. ((a))

    By whom has my pen been taken away?

  2. ((b))

    By whom had my pen been taken away?

  3. ((c))

    By whom is my pen taken away?

  4. ((d))

    By whom was my pen taken away?

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

By whom has my pen been taken away?

The correct answer is: By whom has my pen been taken away?

Key Points

  • The subject of the Active Voice is changed into the object of the Passive Voice. Also, the object of the Active Voice is changed into the subject of the Passive Voice.
  • The usage of a helping verb is necessary while changing the voice of the sentence from Active to Passive.
  • The preposition “by” is used before the object made in Passive Voice. However, it is optional in some cases.
  • The question in Active voice is in interrogative form. These are “wh” questions that don’t take “yes” or “no” as an answer.
  • “Who” is changed into by “By whom?”
  • Also, the verb is placed before the subject in the Passive Voice.
  • For example:
  • Who has taught you Math? (Active)
  • By whom have you been taught Math? (Passive)
  • Also, the sentence is in the Present Perfect tense in the Active voice. So, in the Passive voice, the Present Perfect tense should be used.
  • The options except (1) don’t follow the correct grammatical format of the Passive Voice.

Therefore, the correct answer is: By whom has my pen been taken away?

134

Direction: Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

She exclaimed that she looked very ugly in that dress.

  1. ((a))

    She said, “How ugly I looked in that dress!”

  2. ((b))

    She said, “I look so ugly in that dress.”

  3. ((c))

    She said, “Why do I look so ugly in this dress?”

  4. ((d))

    She said, “How ugly I look in this dress!”

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

She said, “How ugly I look in this dress!”

The correct answer is She said, “How ugly I look in this dress!”

Key Points 

  • The rule for changing Indirect Speech to Direct Speech:
  • In Direct Narration, the Interjectional Words or Phrases are inserted.
  • Insert the commas and inverted commas.
  • Remove that in the sentence of Direct speech.
  • The Note of Exclamation ( ! ) is replaced by a Full Stop ( . ) in Indirect Narration.
  • How is used in the Direct speech to indicate 'in what way.'
  • Past Simple Tense in the Indirect speech changes to Present Simple Tense in the Direct speech. 
  • Example: He observed, "How dirty the house is!"(Direct speech)

                 He exclaimed that the house was very dirty. (Indirect speech)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is She said, “How ugly I look in this dress!”

Additional Information

  • If the sentence of Direct speech has a question that cannot be answered by saying yes or no then it does not use “if” or “whether” in its Indirect speech.
  • Example:  She said to me, “Where did you buy this dress from?” (Direct speech)

                  She asked me where I had bought that dress from. (Indirect speech)

Hinglish  

  • Indirect Speech को Direct Speech में बदलने का नियम:
  • Direct narration में Interjectional Words or Phrases डाले जाते हैं।
  • अल्पविराम और उल्टे अल्पविराम डालें।
  • Direct speech के वाक्य में that हटा दें।
  • विस्मयादिबोधक नोट ( ! ) को अप्रत्यक्ष कथन में एक पूर्ण विराम ( . ) से बदल दिया जाता है।
  • प्रत्यक्ष भाषण में 'किस तरह से' इंगित करने के लिए How उपयोग किया जाता है।
  • डायरेक्ट स्पीच में प्रेजेंट सिंपल टेंस इनडायरेक्ट स्पीच में पास्ट सिंपल टेंस में बदल जाता है।
  • Example: He observed, "How dirty the house is!"(Direct speech)

                 He exclaimed that the house was very dirty. (Indirect speech)

135

Direction: Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

One who talks in sleep

  1. ((a))

    ventriloquist

  2. ((b))

    interlocutor

  3. ((c))

    somniloquist

  4. ((d))

    soliloquist

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

somniloquist

The correct answer is 'somniloquist.'

 Key Points

  • ​Let us see the meanings of the given words:
  • Ventriloquist: a person, especially an entertainer, who can make their voice appear to come from somewhere else, typically a dummy of a person or animal. (एक व्यक्ति, विशेष रूप से एक मनोरंजनकर्ता, जो अपनी आवाज़ को कहीं और से आने के लिए प्रकट कर सकता है, आमतौर पर किसी व्यक्ति या जानवर की एक डमी।)
  • Interlocutor: a person who takes part in a dialogue or conversation. (एक व्यक्ति जो संवाद या बातचीत में भाग लेता है।)
  • Somniloquist: someone who talks while asleep. (कोई जो सोते समय बात करता है।)
  • Soliloquist: the act or custom of talking to oneself or talking when alone. (अकेले में बात करने या बात करने की क्रिया या र��वाज।)
  • Therefore, the correct option is 'somniloquist.'

Additional Information

  • Let us discuss some other one-word substitutions:
WordMeaning
AtheistThe one who does not believe in God.
GourmetThe one who loves good food and knows a lot about it
136

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Please send me informations with regard of my insurance policy that I took from your company.

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    information regarding

  3. ((c))

    information in the regard of

  4. ((d))

    informations with a regard to

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

information regarding

The correct answer is 'information regarding​.'

Key Points

  • The part 'informations with regard of​' is incorrect as it is grammatically incorrect.
  • With regard to is a phrase which means in respect of . Here informations is also incorrect as it is uncountable noun so information will be used instead of informations.
  • Regarding to is not like according to or due to.
  • Regarding and in regard to both mean respecting or concerning.
  • Here, we need a meaning about or in connection with the information.
  • Therefore, the use of 'informations with regard of' in the sentence should be replaced with 'information regarding' to make it grammatically correct.
  • Thus, the correct option is  'information regarding​.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: Please send me information regarding my insurance policy that I took from your company.

​ 

Additional Information  

  • The word 'information' is an uncountable noun.
  • Therefore, the plural form of 'Information' is 'Information.'

 Hinglish 

  • भाग 'information regarding​' गलत है क्योंकि यह व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।
  • Regarding and in regard to, दोनों के संबंध में मतलब सम्मान या संबंधित।
  • यहां, हमें जानकारी के बारे में या उसके संबंध में एक अर्थ की आवश्यकता है।
137

Direction: Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. He was possessed by an overwhelming desire to possess them all.

B. A man stood holding a pole with yellow, red, green and purple balloons flying from it.

C. The child was simply carried away by the rainbow glory of their silken colours.

D. But he well knew his parents would never buy him the balloons because they would say he was too old to play with such toys.

  1. ((a))

    DCBA

  2. ((b))

    BACD

  3. ((c))

    BCAD

  4. ((d))

    CBAD

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

BCAD

The correct answer is 'BCAD.'

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The first statement in the sequence should be B as it introduces the subject 'a man.'
  • C follows B because it is talking about the effect of balloons on the child.
  • A follows C because it is adding more information about the child.
  • D provides a conclusion to the story.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'BCAD.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:

B. A man stood holding a pole with yellow, red, green and purple balloons flying from it.

C. The child was simply carried away by the rainbow glory of their silken colours.

A. He was possessed by an overwhelming desire to possess them all.

D. But he well knew his parents would never buy him the balloons because they would say he was too old to play with such toys.

Additional Information 

 

  

 

 

 

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • अनुक्रम में पहला कथन B होना चाहिए क्योंकि यह 'एक आदमी' विषय का परिचय देता है।
  • C, B का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह बच्चे पर गुब्बारों के प्रभाव के बारे में बात कर रहा है।
  • A, C का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह बच्चे के बारे में अधिक जानकारी जोड़ रहा है।
  • D कहानी को निष्कर्ष प्रदान करता है।
  • इस प्रकार, सही उत्तर 'BCAD' है।
138

Direction: Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

Ramprasad has not been able to come to work since a week due to fever.

  1. ((a))

    able to come

  2. ((b))

    has not been

  3. ((c))

    due to fever

  4. ((d))

    since a week

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

since a week

The correct answer is 'since a week​.'

Key Points

  • The part 'since a week​' is incorrect as it is grammatically incorrect.
  • We use since with a point in time in the past.
  • ExampleThey’ve lived in Oxford since 2004.
  • We use for with a period of time in the past, present or future.
  • ExampleHe lived in Oxford for 3 years and then he moved.
  • Therefore, the use of 'since a week' in the sentence should be replaced with 'for a week' to make it grammatically correct.
  • Thus, the correct option is 'since a week​.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: Ramprasad has not been able to come to work for a week due to fever.

​ 

Additional Information 

  

  • For can be used with all tenses.
  • Example: They study for two hours every day.

                They are studying for three hours today.

                He has lived in Bangkok for a long time.

                He has been living in Paris for three months.

  • Since is normally used with perfect tenses.
  • ExampleHe has been here since 9 am.

 Hinglish 

  • भाग 'since a week​' गलत है क्योंकि यह व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।
  • हम अतीत में एक समय के बाद के लिए Since उपयोग करते हैं।
  • Example: They’ve lived in Oxford since 2004.
  • हम अतीत, वर्तमान या भविष्य में समय की अवधि के लिए for उपयोग करते हैं।
  • Example: He lived in Oxford for 3 years and then he moved.
139

Direction: Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

RELEVANT

  1. ((a))

    ineligible

  2. ((b))

    inhabitable

  3. ((c))

    inevitable

  4. ((d))

    Inapplicable

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Inapplicable

The correct answer is 'Inapplicable.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meaning of Relevant:
  • Relevant: closely connected or appropriate to what is being done or considered, applicable. (जो किया जा रहा है या माना जा रहा है, लागू हो रहा है, उससे निकटता से जुड़ा या उपयुक्त।)
  • Example: What small companies need is relevant advice.

Let us see the meanings of the given options:

  • Ineligible: legally or officially unable to be considered for a position or benefit. (कानूनी रूप से या आधिकारिक तौर पर किसी पद या लाभ के लिए विचार करने में असमर्थ।)
  • Inhabitable: suitable to live in; habitable. (रहने के लिए उपयुक्त; रहने योग्य।)
  • Inevitable: certain to happen; unavoidable. (निश्चित रूप से होना; अपरिहार्य।)
  • Inapplicable: not relevant or appropriate. (प्रासंगिक या उपयुक्त नहीं।)
  • From the meanings of the given words, we can say that the word 'Inapplicable' is the opposite of the meaning of the word 'Relevant.'
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'Inapplicable.'

Additional Information

  • Let us see the antonyms of the given options:

 

WordAntonym
IneligibleEligible
InhabitableUninhabitable
InevitableEvitable
InapplicableApplicable
140

Direction: Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

One who is violently against established traditions and beliefs

  1. ((a))

    iconoclast

  2. ((b))

    egoist

  3. ((c))

    stoic

  4. ((d))

    agnostic

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

iconoclast

The correct answer is 'iconoclast.'

Key Points

  • ​Let us see the meanings of the given words:
  • Iconoclast: a person who attacks or criticizes cherished beliefs or institutions. (एक व्यक्ति जो पोषित विश्वासों या संस्थानों पर हमला करता है या उनकी आलोचना करता है।)
  • Egoist: a person who is preoccupied with his own interests. (एक व्यक्ति जो अपने स्वयं के हितों में व्यस्त है।)
  • Stoic: a person who can endure pain or hardship without showing their feelings or complaining. (एक व्यक्ति जो अपनी भावनाओं या शिकायत को दिखाए बिना दर्द या कठिनाई सह सकता है।)
  • Agnostic: a person who believes that nothing is known or can be known of the existence or nature of God. (एक व्यक्ति जो मानता है कि ईश्वर के अस्तित्व या प्रकृति के बारे में कुछ भी नहीं जाना या जाना जा सकता है।)
  • Therefore, the correct option is 'iconoclast.'

Additional Information 

  • Let us discuss some other one-word substitutions:
WordMeaning
AtheistThe one who does not believe in God.
GourmetThe one who loves good food and knows a lot about it
141

Direction: Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

This newspaper has a bigger circulation from any other newspaper in our town.

  1. ((a))

    from any other newspaper

  2. ((b))

    in our town

  3. ((c))

    This newspaper has

  4. ((d))

    a bigger circulation

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

from any other newspaper

The correct answer is 'from any other newspaper​.'

Key Points

  • The part 'from any other newspaper​' is incorrect as it is grammatically incorrect.
  • In this sentence, we are comparing the circulation of two newspapers.
  • Hence, we need a comparative degree to show the comparison.
  • Therefore, the use of 'from any other newspaper​' in the sentence should be replaced with 'than any other newspaper' to make it grammatically correct.
  • Thus, the correct option is 'from any other newspaper​.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: This newspaper has a bigger circulation than any other newspaper in our town.

​ 

Additional Information  

  

  • For can be used with all tenses.
  • Example: They study for two hours every day.

                They are studying for three hours today.

                He has lived in Bangkok for a long time.

                He has been living in Paris for three months.

  • Since is normally used with perfect tenses.
  • Example: He has been here since 9 am.

Hinglish 

  • भाग 'from any other newspaper​' गलत है क्योंकि यह व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।
  • इस वाक्य में हम दो समाचार पत्रों के प्रचलन की तुलना कर रहे हैं।
  • इसलिए, हमें तुलना दिखाने के लिए comparative degree की आवश्यकता है।
  • इसलिए वाक्य में 'from any other newspaper​' के प्रयोग को व्याकरण की दृष्टि से सही बनाने के लिए 'than any other newspaper​' से प्रतिस्थापित किया जाना चाहिए।
142

Direction: Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

His family lives in Bihar but he works on a factory in Mumbai.

  1. ((a))

    His family lives in Bihar

  2. ((b))

    in Mumbai

  3. ((c))

    but he works

  4. ((d))

    on a factory

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

on a factory

The correct answer is 'on a factory​.'

Key Points

  • The part 'on a factory​' is incorrect as it is grammatically incorrect.
  • We use on when something resting upon or atop something else.
  • Example: The books are on the table.
  • We use in when something inside or enclosed by something else.
  • Example: Clothes are in the cupboard.
  • Therefore, the use of 'on a factory​.' in the sentence should be replaced with 'in a factory​.' to make it grammatically correct.
  • Thus, the correct option is 'on a factory​.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: His family lives in Bihar but he works in a factory in Mumbai.

​  

Additional Information

  • For can be used with all tenses.
  • Example: They study for two hours every day.

                They are studying for three hours today.

                He has lived in Bangkok for a long time.

                He has been living in Paris for three months.

  • Since is normally used with perfect tenses.
  • Example: He has been here since 9 am.

Hinglish 

  • भाग 'on a factory​' गलत है क्योंकि यह व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।
  • हम on का उपयोग तब करते हैं जब कोई चीज किसी और चीज पर टिकी होती है या उसके ऊपर होती है।
  • Example: *The books are on the table.*​
  • हम in तब उपयोग करते हैं जब कुछ अंदर या किसी और चीज से घिरा होता है।
  • Example: Clothes are in the cupboard.
  • इसलिए वाक्य में 'on a factory​' के प्रयोग को व्याकरण की दृष्टि से सही बनाने के लिए 'in a factory​' से प्रतिस्थापित किया जाना चाहिए।
143

Direction: Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

Instead of attend the class he went to watch the cricket match.

  1. ((a))

    he went

  2. ((b))

    attend the class

  3. ((c))

    to watch

  4. ((d))

    Instead of

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

attend the class

The correct answer is 'attend the class.'

Key Points

  • The part 'attend the class' is incorrect as it is grammatically incorrect.
  • The verb coming directly after instead of must be in the -ing form.
  • Structure: instead of + verb + -ing.
  • ExampleHe went alone instead of waiting for me.
  • Therefore, the use of 'attend the class' in the sentence should be replaced with 'attending the class' to make it grammatically correct.
  • Thus, the correct option is 'attend the class.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: Instead of attending the class he went to watch the cricket match.

​  

Additional Information 

  • We can use instead of in the following ways:
  • instead of + noun
  • Example: I'll have tea instead of coffee.
  • instead of + pronoun you, us, etc.
  • Example: I'll go instead of him.

 Hinglish 

  • भाग 'attend the class​' गलत है क्योंकि यह व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।
  • Instead of के सामने आने वाली क्रिया -ing रूप में होनी चाहिए।
  • Structure: instead of + verb + -ing.
  • Example: He went alone instead of waiting for me.
  • इसलिए वाक्य में 'attend the class' के प्रयोग को व्याकरण की दृष्टि से सही बनाने के लिए 'attending the class' से प्रतिस्थापित किया जाना चाहिए।
144

Direction: Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. Their names were Amulius and Numitor and both were equally brave.

B. The people of Alba could not decide who should be made the King.

C. It so happened that the King of Alba died leaving behind two sons.

D. In the beautiful land of Italy, there was a city called Alba.

  1. ((a))

    DCAB

  2. ((b))

    DACB

  3. ((c))

    ADCB

  4. ((d))

    ABCD

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

DCAB

The correct answer is 'DCAB.'

Key Points 

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The first statement in the sequence should be D as it introduces the subject 'Alba.'
  • C follows D because it is talking about the King of Alba.
  • A follows C because it is adding more information about the two sons.
  • D provides a conclusion to the story.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'DCAB.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:​

D. In the beautiful land of Italy, there was a city called Alba.

C. It so happened that the King of Alba died leaving behind two sons.

A. Their names were Amulius and Numitor and both were equally brave.

B. The people of Alba could not decide who should be made the King.

Additional Information 

 

  

 

 

 

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish 

 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • अनुक्रम में पहला कथन D होना चाहिए क्योंकि यह विषय 'अल्बा' का परिचय देता है।
  • C, D का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह अल्बा के राजा के बारे में बात कर रहा है।
  • A, C का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह दो पुत्रों के बारे में अधिक जानकारी जोड़ रहा है।
  • D कहानी को निष्कर्ष प्रदान करता है।
  • इस प्रकार, सही उत्तर 'DCAB' है।
145

Direction: Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. All three went home with the young man, who told them his story.

B. The circus people had taken him away from his village.

C. Then one day, a rich lady gave the circus people a sum of money and adopted him.

D. For three years he had travelled with them through many countries.

E. As he was intelligent, he was sent to school and college.

F. As the old lady had no children of her own, she left all her money to him.

  1. ((a))

    ABCDEF

  2. ((b))

    AEBCDF

  3. ((c))

    ADBCEF

  4. ((d))

    ABDCEF

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

ABDCEF

The correct answer is 'ABDCEF.'

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The first statement in the sequence should be the one that best connects with A.
  • It should be a continuation or extension of A.
  • B follows A as it is providing information about the boy who went with the circus people.
  • D follows B as it is adding about their travelling of three years.
  • C follows D as it is talking about the adoption of the boy.
  • E follows C  as it is talking about the situation after the adoption.
  • F provides a conclusion to the story.
  • Therefore, the sequence is 'ABDCEF.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:

A. All three went home with the young man, who told them his story.

B. The circus people had taken him away from his village.

D. For three years he had travelled with them through many countries.

C. Then one day, a rich lady gave the circus people a sum of money and adopted him.

E. As he was intelligent, he was sent to school and college.

F. As the old lady had no children of her own, she left all her money to him.

Additional Information 

 

 

 

 

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • अनुक्रम में पहला कथन वह होना चाहिए जो A के साथ सर्वोत्तम रूप से जुड़ता हो।
  • यह A की निरंतरता या विस्तार होना चाहिए।
  • B, A का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह उस लड़के के बारे में जानकारी प्रदान कर रहा है जो सर्कस के लोगों के साथ गया था।
  • D, B का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह उनकी तीन वर्षों की यात्रा को जोड़ रहा है।
  • C, D का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह लड़के को गोद लेने की बात कर रहा है।
  • E, C का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह गोद लेने के बाद की स्थिति के बारे में बात कर रहा है।
  • इसलिए, अनुक्रम 'ABDCEF' है।
146

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

Why do we have to do the house chores during this lockdown period?

  1. ((a))

    The house chores are to be done during this lockdown period by us.

  2. ((b))

    Why are the house chores being done during this lockdown period by us?

  3. ((c))

    Why do the house chores have to be done by us during this lockdown period?

  4. ((d))

    Why will the house chores have to be done by us during this lockdown period?

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Why do the house chores have to be done by us during this lockdown period?

The correct answer is 'Why do the house chores have to be done by us during this lockdown period?'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is interrogative and in Present Perfect Tense, Active Voice.
  • The rule for changing a Present Perfect Tense, Active Voice from Active voice to Passive voice:
  • Interchange the object and subject with each other, i.e. object of the active sentence become the subject of the passive sentence.
  • Structure: Why + do + Subject + have + to + V1 + Object​ (Active Voice)

                                       Why + do + Object + have to be + V3 + by Subject​ (Passive Voice)

  • Example: Why do we have to do the tasks? (Active Voice)

                                               Why do the tasks have to be done by us? (Passive Voice)​

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Why do the house chores have to be done by us during this lockdown period?'

 Additional Information 

  • In Active Voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject performing an action.
  • In Passive Voice, the sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • Example: He reads a novel. (Active Voice)
  • A novel is read by him. (Passive Voice)

Hinglish 

  • दिया गया वाक्य Present Perfect Tense, Active Voice में है।
  • Present Perfect Tense, Active Voice को Active voice से Passive voice में बदलने का नियम:
  • Object और Subject को एक दूसरे के साथ बदलें, यानी Active Voice का object, Passive Voice का subject बन जाती है।
  • Structure: Why + do + Subject + have + to + V1 + Object​ (Active Voice)

                                       Why + do + Object + have to be + V3 + by Subject​ (Passive Voice)​

147

Direction: Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

The doctor did not put the patient on the ventilator, yet still made him comfortable.

  1. ((a))

    him comfortable

  2. ((b))

    on the ventilator

  3. ((c))

    did not put

  4. ((d))

    yet still made

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

yet still made

The correct answer is 'yet still made.'

Key Points 

  • The part 'yet still made' is incorrect as it is grammatically incorrect.
  • Yet and still are used separately to talk about things that have (or haven’t) happened over time.
  • They cannot be used together.
  • The word yet is mainly used to refer to something that a person is waiting for and expecting, but that hasn’t happened so far.
  • ExampleIt isn’t raining yet.
  • The word still is used mainly to refer to something that began in the past and is continuing into the present.
  • Example: He still lives far away.
  • Therefore, the use of 'yet still made' in the sentence should be replaced with 'yet made' to make it grammatically correct.
  • Thus, the correct option is 'yet still made.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: The doctor did not put the patient on the ventilator, yet made him comfortable.

​  

Additional Information  

  • We can use instead of in the following ways:
  • instead of + noun
  • Example: I'll have tea instead of coffee.
  • instead of + pronoun you, us, etc.
  • Example: I'll go instead of him.

Hinglish

 

  • भाग 'yet still made' गलत है क्योंकि यह व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।
  • Yet and still  अलग-अलग उन चीजों के बारे में बात करने के लिए उपयोग किया जाता है जो समय के साथ हुई (या नहीं हुई)।
  • इनका एक साथ उपयोग नहीं किया जा सकता है।
  • Yet इस शब्द का प्रयोग मुख्य रूप से किसी ऐसी चीज को संदर्भित करने के लिए किया जाता है जिसका एक व्यक्ति इंतजार कर रहा है और उम्मीद कर रहा है, लेकिन अब तक ऐसा नहीं हुआ है।
  • Example: It isn’t raining yet.
  • शब्द still मुख्य रूप से किसी ऐसी चीज को संदर्भित करने के लिए उपयोग किया जाता है जो अतीत में शुरू हुई और वर्तमान में जारी है।
  • Example: He still lives far away.
  • इसलिए वाक्य में 'yet still made' के प्रयोग को व्याकरण की दृष्टि से सही बनाने के लिए 'yet made' से प्रतिस्थापित किया जाना चाहिए।
148

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

We’ll accept your application _______ you fulfil all the conditions.

  1. ((a))

    provided

  2. ((b))

    so that

  3. ((c))

    although

  4. ((d))

    even if

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

provided

The correct answer is 'provided.'

Key Points

  • Provided means if something happens.
  • Provided का मतलब होता है बशर्ते ।​
  • ExampleYou can go outside and play, provided you finish your homework on time.
  • **“So that”** is a conjunction that is used to join two clauses. ( one of them expresses an action, the other expresses the purpose ) “so that” is used before the clause which indicates the purpose.
  • “So that” एक संयोजन है जिसका उपयोग दो खंडों को जोड़ने के लिए किया जाता है। (उनमें से एक क्रिया व्यक्त करता है, दूसरा उद्देश्य व्यक्त करता है) “so that” उस खंड से पहले प्रयोग किया जाता है जो उद्देश्य को इंगित करता है।
  • We use “so + that” as a conjunction to introduce clauses of reason and explanation.
  • हम कारण और स्पष्टीकरण के खंड को पेश करने के लिए संयोजन के रूप में “so + that”  का उपयोग करते हैं।​
  • ExampleWe left a message with her secretary so that she would know we have come.
  • Although is all used to link two contrasting ideas or show that one fact makes the other fact surprising.
  • Although सभी का उपयोग दो विपरीत विचारों को जोड़ने या यह दिखाने के लिए किया जाता है कि एक तथ्य दूसरे तथ्य को आश्चर्यजनक बनाता है। ​
  • ExampleI enjoyed the course, although I would have liked more grammar practice.
  • We use even if when we’re talking about an unreal situation.
  • जब हम किसी अवास्तविक स्थिति के बारे में बात कर रहे होते हैं तब भी हम even if  का उपयोग करते हैं।
  • We use it when we’re speculating or when we don’t consider something as a fact.
  • ExampleI’m going out tomorrow even if it’s raining.
  • Thus, the correct option is 'provided.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: We’ll accept your application provided you fulfil all the conditions.

​  

Additional Information   

  • We use even when we want to express a surprising extreme or when we want to say that something is more than we expect.
  • ExampleShe’s rude to everyone. She’s even rude to me.
149

Direction: Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. When the convicts were led out to work, the convoy soldier noticed that one of the prisoners emptied some earth out of his boots.

B. They all denied the knowledge of it.

C. The prison was searched and a tunnel was found.

D. The Governor came and questioned all the prisoners to find out who had dug the tunnel.

  1. ((a))

    ABCD

  2. ((b))

    ACDB

  3. ((c))

    BCAD

  4. ((d))

    BADC

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

ACDB

The correct answer is 'ACDB.'

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The first statement in the sequence should be A as it introduces the subject**.**
  • C follows A because it is talking about the prison.
  • D follows C because it is adding more information about the prisoner.
  • B provides a conclusion to the story.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'ACDB.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:​

A. When the convicts were led out to work, the convoy soldier noticed that one of the prisoners emptied some earth out of his boots.

C. The prison was searched and a tunnel was found.

D. The Governor came and questioned all the prisoners to find out who had dug the tunnel.

B. They all denied the knowledge of it.

Additional Information  

 

  

 

 

 

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish  

 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • अनुक्रम में पहला कथन A होना चाहिए क्योंकि यह विषय का परिचय देता है।
  • C, A का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह जेल के बारे में बात कर रहा है।
  • D, C का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह कैदी के बारे में अधिक जानकारी जोड़ रहा है।
  • B कहानी को एक निष्कर्ष प्रदान करता है।
  • इस प्रकार, सही उत्तर 'ACDB' है।
150

Direction: Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Frank said to Albert, “ How is your search for a new house coming along?”

  1. ((a))

    Frank asked Albert how his search for a new house was coming along.

  2. ((b))

    Frank asked Albert how was your search for a new house coming along.

  3. ((c))

    Frank asked Albert how is your search for a new house coming along.

  4. ((d))

    Frank wanted to know how was Albert’s search for a new house coming along.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Frank asked Albert how his search for a new house was coming along.

The correct answer is 'Frank asked Albert how his search for a new house was coming along.'

Key Points

  • The rules for changing Direct Speech to Indirect Speech:
  • The given sentence is in Present Continuous Tense.
  • Present Continuous Tense changes to Past Continuous Tense.
  • Remove the commas and inverted commas.
  • Do not use that in the sentence of indirect speech.
  • The reporting verb said/said to is changed in asked, demanded, ordered, enquired as per the nature of the sentence.
  • Remove the question mark in the sentence of Indirect speech.
  • The question is changed to assertive form and is simply placed after the reporting verb.
  • Example: John said to Ravi, "How are you buying a camera?" (Direct speech)

                                               John asked Ravi how he was buying a camera. (Indirect speech)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Frank asked Albert how his search for a new house was coming along.'

Additional Information 

 

 

  • If the sentence of Direct speech has a question that cannot be answered by saying yes or no then it does not uses “if” or “whether” in its Indirect speech.
  • Example:  She said to me, “Where did you buy this dress from?” (Direct speech)

                  She asked me where I had bought that dress from. (Indirect speech)

Hinglish 

 

  • Direct Speech को Indirect Speech में बदलने का नियम:
  • दिया गया वाक्य Present Continuous Tense में है।
  • Present Continuous Tense, Past Continuous Tense में बदल जाता है
  • Commas और inverted commas हटा दे।
  • Indirect speech के वाक्य में that प्रयोग न करें।
  • Said/said to रिपोर्टिंग verb वाक्य की प्रकृति के अनुसार asked, demanded, ordered, enquired में बदल जाती है।
  • Indirect speech के वाक्य में प्रश्न चिह्न हटा दें।
  • Question को assertive form में बदल दिया जाता है और केवल reporting verb के बाद रखा जाता है।
  • Example: John said to Ravi, "How are you buying a camera?" (Direct speech)

                                               John asked Ravi how he was buying a camera. (Indirect speech)

151

Direction: Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

Why does homework have to be done daily?

  1. ((a))

    Why are we doing homework daily?

  2. ((b))

    Why do we have to do homework daily?

  3. ((c))

    Why did we do homework daily?

  4. ((d))

    Why should we do homework daily?

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Why do we have to do homework daily?

The correct answer is 'Why do we have to do homework daily?'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is interrogative and in Present Perfect Tense, Passive Voice.
  • The rule for changing a Present Perfect Tense, Passive Voice from Passive voice to Active voice:
  • Interchange the object and subject with each other, i.e. object of the active sentence become the subject of the passive sentence.
  • Structure: Why + do/does + Subject + have + to + V1 + Object​ (Active Voice)

                                       Why + does/do + Object + have to be + V3 + by Subject​ (Passive Voice)

  • Example: Why do we have to do the tasks? (Active Voice)

                                               Why do the tasks have to be done by us? (Passive Voice)​

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Why do we have to do homework daily?'

Additional Information 

 

  • In Active Voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject performing an action.
  • In Passive Voice, the sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • Example: He reads a novel. (Active Voice)

                         A novel is read by him. (Passive Voice)

Hinglish 

 

  • दिया गया वाक्य Present Perfect Tense, Passive Voice में है।
  • Present Perfect Tense, Passive Voice को Passive voice से Active voice में बदलने का नियम:
  • Object और Subject को एक दूसरे के साथ बदलें, यानी Active Voice का object, Passive Voice का subject बन जाती है।
  • Structure: Why + do + Subject + have + to + V1 + Object​ (Active Voice)

                                       Why + do + Object + have to be + V3 + by Subject​ (Passive Voice)​

152

Direction: Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

Veena informed me that there would be an online art class for the children at 4 o’clock that day.

  1. ((a))

    Veena said to me, “There was an online art class for the children at 4 o’clock today.”

  2. ((b))

    Veena said to me, “There is an online art class for the children at 4 o’clock that day.”

  3. ((c))

    Veena said to me, “There will be an online art class for the children at 4 o’clock today.”

  4. ((d))

    Veena said to me, “There will be an online art class for the children at 4 o’clock that day.”

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Veena said to me, “There will be an online art class for the children at 4 o’clock today.”

The correct answer is Veena said to me, “There will be an online art class for the children at 4 o’clock today.”

Key Points

  • The rules for changing Indirect Speech to Direct Speech:
  • The given sentence is in Future Tense.
  • In Future Tense would changes to will.
  • Insert the commas and inverted commas.
  • Do not use that in the sentence of direct speech.
  • The reporting verb informed is changed in said to as per the nature of the sentence.
  • Example: John said to me, "There will be a seminar" (Direct speech)

                                               John asked me that there would be a seminar. (Indirect speech)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is Veena said to me, “There will be an online art class for the children at 4 o’clock today.”

Additional Information 

 

 

  • If the sentence of Direct speech has a question that cannot be answered by saying yes or no then it does not uses “if” or “whether” in its Indirect speech.
  • Example:  She said to me, “Where did you buy this dress from?” (Direct speech)

                  She asked me where I had bought that dress from. (Indirect speech)

Hinglish 

 

 

 

  • Indirect Speech को Direct Speech में बदलने का नियम:
  • दिया गया वाक्य Future Tense में है।
  • In Future Tense, would, will में बदल जाता है
  • Commas और inverted commas जोड़ दे।
  • Direct speech के वाक्य में that प्रयोग न करें।
  • Informed रिपोर्टिंग verb वाक्य की प्रकृति के अनुसार said to में बदल जाती है।
  • Example: John said to me, "There will be a seminar" (Direct speech)

                                               John asked me that there would be a seminar. (Indirect speech)

153

Direction: Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

I asked him where he had lost the pen I had brought for him the previous day.

  1. ((a))

    I said to him, “Where do you lose the pen I had brought for him yesterday?”

  2. ((b))

    I said to him, “Where he had lost the pen I brought for him yesterday?”

  3. ((c))

    I said to him, “Where have you lost the pen I brought for you the previous day?”

  4. ((d))

    I said to him, “Where have you lost the pen I brought for you yesterday?”

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

I said to him, “Where have you lost the pen I brought for you yesterday?”

The correct answer is I said to him, “Where have you lost the pen I brought for you yesterday?”

Key Points

  • The rules for changing Indirect Speech to Direct Speech:
  • The given sentence is in Past Perfect Tense.
  • Past Perfect Tense changes to Present Perfect Tense.
  • Insert the commas and inverted commas.
  • Do not use that in the sentence of indirect speech.
  • The reporting verb asked is changed in said to as per the nature of the sentence.
  • Remove the question mark in the sentence of Indirect speech.
  • The previous day changes to yesterday.
  • The question is changed to assertive form and is simply placed after the reporting verb.
  • Example: John said to Ravi, "Where have you met him?" (Direct speech)

                                               John asked Ravi where he had met him. (Indirect speech)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is I said to him, “Where have you lost the pen I brought for you yesterday?”

 Additional Information 

 

 

  • If the sentence of Direct speech has a question that cannot be answered by saying yes or no then it does not use “if” or “whether” in its Indirect speech.
  • Example:  She said to me, “Where did you buy this dress from?” (Direct speech)

                  She asked me where I had bought that dress from. (Indirect speech)

 Hinglish 

 

  • Indirect Speech को Direct Speech में बदलने का नियम:
  • दिया गया वाक्य Past Perfect Tense में है।
  • Past Perfect Tense, Present Perfect Tense में बदल जाता है।
  • Commas और inverted commas जोड़ दे।
  • Indirect speech के वाक्य में that प्रयोग न करें।
  • Asked रिपोर्टिंग verb वाक्य की प्रकृति के अनुसार said to में बदल जाती है।
  • The previous day, yesterday में बदल जाता है।
  • Question को assertive form में बदल दिया जाता है और केवल reporting verb के बाद रखा जाता है।
  • Example: John said to Ravi, "Where have you met him?" (Direct speech)

 

                                               John asked Ravi where he had met him. (Indirect speech)

154

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

The children here are encouraging to have examined all the aspects before forming an opinion on any matter.

  1. ((a))

    are encouraged to have examining

  2. ((b))

    No substitution required

  3. ((c))

    are encouraging to examine

  4. ((d))

    are encouraged to examine

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

are encouraged to examine

The correct answer is 'are encouraged to examine.'

Key Points

  • Here, we need to use a passive voice.
  • The passive voice is used to show interest in the person or object that experiences an action rather than the person or object that performs the action.
  • The phrase 'are encouraging to have examined' can be changed to passive voice by modifying it to 'are encouraged to examine.'
  • Hence, that part should be replaced with 'are encouraged to examine.'
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'are encouraged to examine.'
  • ​The correct sentence: The children here are encouraged to examine all the aspects before forming an opinion on any matter.

​ 

Additional Information 

  • The meaning of the word 'aspect' is a particular part or feature of something.
  • Example: Personal effectiveness in all aspects of life is very important.

Hinglish 

 

  • यहां, हमें एक passive voice का उपयोग करने की आवश्यकता है।
  • Passive voice का उपयोग उस व्यक्ति या object में रुचि दिखाने के लिए किया जाता है जो उस व्यक्ति या वस्तु के बजाय एक क्रिया का अनुभव करता है जो क्रिया करता है।
  • वाक्यांश 'are encouraging to have examined' को  'are encouraged to examine' में संशोधित करके passive voice में बदला जा सकता है।
  • इस भाग को 'are encouraged to examine' से बदल दिया जाना चाहिए।
155

Direction: Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. But on the day when my story begins, it was a winter evening, icy-cold and misty.

B. Sometimes when the weather was clear, I could see ships anchored a little way out from the shore.

C. These were prison ships, full of convicts and their guards.

D. We lived on the edge of the marshes, near the sea.

  1. ((a))

    DACB

  2. ((b))

    DBCA

  3. ((c))

    CABD

  4. ((d))

    CADB

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

DBCA

The correct answer is 'DBCA.'

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The first statement in the sequence should be D as it introduces the subject**.**
  • B follows D because it is talking about the occurrence of anchored ships.
  • C follows B because it is adding information about the prison ships.
  • A provides a conclusion to the story.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'DBCA.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:​

D. We lived on the edge of the marshes, near the sea.

B. Sometimes when the weather was clear, I could see ships anchored a little way out from the shore.

C. These were prison ships, full of convicts and their guards.

A. But on the day when my story begins, it was a winter evening, icy-cold and misty.

Additional Information  

 

  

 

 

 

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish 

<br>

 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • अनुक्रम में पहला कथन D होना चाहिए क्योंकि यह विषय का परिचय देता है।
  • B, D का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह लंगर वाले जहाजों की घटना के बारे में बात कर रहा है।
  • C, B का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह जेल के जहाजों के बारे में जानकारी जोड़ रहा है।
  • A कहानी को एक निष्कर्ष प्रदान करता है।
  • इस प्रकार, सही उत्तर 'DBCA' है।
156

Direction: Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

His father had already bought the train tickets.

  1. ((a))

    The train tickets had already been bought by his father.

  2. ((b))

    The train tickets have already bought his father.

  3. ((c))

    The train tickets were already bought by his father.

  4. ((d))

    The train tickets are already being bought his father.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

The train tickets had already been bought by his father.

The correct answer is 'The train tickets had already been bought by his father.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in Past Perfect Tense and Active Voice.
  • The rule for changing a Past Perfect Tense from Active voice to Passive voice:
  • Interchange the object and subject with each other, i.e. object of the active sentence become the subject of the passive sentence.​
  • Structure: Subject + had + past participle (V3) + object (Active Voice)

                  Object + had + been + past participle (V3) + (by + subject) (Passive Voice) 

  • Example: Disha had arranged the things. (Active Voice)

                The things had been arranged by Disha. (Passive Voice)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'The train tickets had already been bought by his father.'

Additional Information 

  • In Active Voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject performing an action.
  • In Passive Voice, the sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • Example: He reads a novel. (Active Voice)

                A novel is read by him. (Passive Voice)

Hinglish  

  • दिया गया वाक्य Past Perfect Tense और Active Voice में है।
  • Past Perfect Tense को Active voice से Passive voice में बदलने का नियम:
  • Object और Subject को एक दूसरे के साथ बदलें, यानी Active Voice का Object, Passive Voice का Subject बन जाता है।
  • संरचना: Subject + had + past participle (V3) + object (Active Voice)

             Object + had + been + past participle (V3) + (by + subject) (Passive Voice) 

  • Example: Disha had arranged the things. (Active Voice)

                The things had been arranged by Disha. (Passive Voice)

157

Direction: Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. It burst from the inside of the earth and tumbled over the edge.

B. A stream of lava began to rush from the crater of the volcano.

C. It travelled slowly across the valley destroying everything that came in its way.

D. Then it rolled down the side of the volcano in a heavy stream, 20 feet thick and 200 feet wide.

  1. ((a))

    ACDB

  2. ((b))

    BADC

  3. ((c))

    BCAD

  4. ((d))

    ABCD

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

BADC

The correct answer is 'BADC.'

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The first statement in the sequence should be B as it introduces the subject 'stream of lava'.
  • A follows B because it is talking more about 'stream of lava'.
  • D follows A because it is adding information by talking about its rolling.
  • C provides a conclusion to the story.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'BADC.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:​

B. A stream of lava began to rush from the crater of the volcano.

A. It burst from the inside of the earth and tumbled over the edge.

D. Then it rolled down the side of the volcano in a heavy stream, 20 feet thick and 200 feet wide.

C. It travelled slowly across the valley destroying everything that came in its way.

Additional Information   

 

  

 

 

 

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish 

 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • अनुक्रम में पहला कथन B होना चाहिए क्योंकि यह 'लावा की धारा' विषय का परिचय देता है।
  • A, B का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि यह 'लावा की धारा' के बारे में अधिक बात कर रहा है।
  • D, A का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि वह अपने रोलिंग के बारे में बात करके जानकारी जोड़ रहा है।
  • C कहानी को निष्कर्ष प्रदान करता है।
  • इस प्रकार, सही उत्तर 'BADC' है।
158

Direction: Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

Branch of science that studies the structure, classification and genetics of plants

  1. ((a))

    geology

  2. ((b))

    botany

  3. ((c))

    zoology

  4. ((d))

    biology

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

botany

The correct answer is '​botany.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meanings of the given options:
  • Geology: the science which deals with the physical structure and substance of the earth, its history, and the processes which act on them. (वह विज्ञान जो पृथ्वी की भौतिक संरचना और पदार्थ, उनके इतिहास और उन पर कार्य करने वाली प्रक्रियाओं से संबंधित है।)
  • Botany: the scientific study of the physiology, structure, genetics, ecology, distribution, classification, and economic importance of plants. (पौधों के शरीर विज्ञान, संरचना, आनुवंशिकी, पारिस्थितिकी, वितरण, वर्गीकरण और आर्थिक महत्व का वैज्ञानिक अध्ययन।)
  • Zoology: the scientific study of the behaviour, structure, physiology, classification, and distribution of animals. (जानवरों के व्यवहार, संरचना, शरीर विज्ञान, वर्गीकरण और वितरण का वैज्ञानिक अध्ययन।)
  • Biology: the study of living organisms, divided into many specialized fields that cover their morphology, physiology, anatomy, behaviour, origin, and distribution. (जीवित जीवों का अध्ययन, कई विशिष्ट क्षेत्रों में विभाजित है जो उनके आकारिकी, शरीर विज्ञान, शरीर रचना विज्ञान, व्यवहार, उत्पत्ति और वितरण को कवर करते हैं।)
  • Hence, the branch of science that studies the structure, classification and genetics of plants is called Botany.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is '​botany. '

 Additional Information 

  • Let us see the meaning of the following group of words:
Group of wordsOne wordअर्थ
The place where dogs are keptKennelकुत्ता-घर
The place where cats are keptCatteryबिल्ली देखभाल गृह
159

Direction: Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

A statement had already been issued to the press on the lockdown by the authorities.

  1. ((a))

    The authorities had already issued a statement to the press on the lockdown.

  2. ((b))

    The authorities have already issued a statement to the press on the lockdown.

  3. ((c))

    A statement had already issued the authorities to the press on the lockdown.

  4. ((d))

    The authorities are already issuing a statement to the press on the lockdown.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

The authorities had already issued a statement to the press on the lockdown.

The correct answer is 'The authorities had already issued a statement to the press on the lockdown.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in Past Perfect Tense and Passive Voice.
  • The rule for changing a Past Perfect Tense from Passive voice to Active voice:
  • Interchange the object and subject with each other, i.e. object of the active sentence become the subject of the passive sentence.​
  • Structure: Subject + had + past participle (V3) + object (Active Voice)

                  Object + had + been + past participle (V3) + (by + subject) (Passive Voice) 

  • Example: Disha had arranged the things. (Active Voice)

                The things had been arranged by Disha. (Passive Voice)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'The authorities had already issued a statement to the press on the lockdown.'

 Additional Information 

  • In Active Voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject performing an action.
  • In Passive Voice, the sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • Example: He reads a novel. (Active Voice)

                A novel is read by him. (Passive Voice)

 Hinglish

  • दिया गया वाक्य Past Perfect Tense और Passive Voice में है।
  • Past Perfect Tense को Passive Voice से Active voice में बदलने का नियम:
  • Object और Subject को एक दूसरे के साथ बदलें, यानी Active Voice का Object, Passive Voice का Subject बन जाता है।
  • संरचना: Subject + had + past participle (V3) + object (Active Voice)

             Object + had + been + past participle (V3) + (by + subject) (Passive Voice) 

  • Example: Disha had arranged the things. (Active Voice)

                The things had been arranged by Disha. (Passive Voice)

160

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Unless she doesn’t study French carefully, she cannot get the highest marks in the class.

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    Unless she is not studying

  3. ((c))

    If she studies

  4. ((d))

    Unless she studies

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Unless she studies

The correct answer is 'Unless she studies.'

Key Points

  • We use the conjunction unless to mean ‘except if’ or 'if not.'
  • हम conjunction unless का उपयोग तब तक करते हैं जब तक कि इसका अर्थ  ‘except if’ or 'if not' है।​
  • The clause which follows unless is a subordinate clause (sc): it needs a main clause (mc) to make a complete sentence.
  • Example: If you don't study diligently, you'll never understand trigonometry. (With if)

                Unless you study diligently, you'll never understand trigonometry. (With unless)

  • Therefore, the use of not with unless is grammatically incorrect.
  • इसलिए, not with unless का उपयोग व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।
  • Thus, the correct option is 'Unless she studies.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: Unless she studies French carefully, she cannot get the highest marks in the class.

​  

Additional Information 

 

  • We can use instead of in the following ways:
  • instead of + noun
  • Example: I'll have tea instead of coffee.
  • instead of + pronoun you, us, etc.
  • Example: I'll go instead of him.
161

Direction: Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

Hold your horses

  1. ((a))

    Be responsible

  2. ((b))

    Be patient

  3. ((c))

    Be inferior

  4. ((d))

    Be indifferent

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Be patient

The correct answer is 'Be patient.'

Key Points 

  • The idiom 'Hold your horses' is used to tell someone to stop and consider carefully their decision or opinion about something.
  • मुहावरे 'Hold your horses' का इस्तेमाल किसी को रुकने और किसी चीज के बारे में उनके निर्णय या राय पर ध्यान से विचार करने के लिए किया जाता है।​
  • Example: Just hold your horses, Bill! Let's think about this for a moment.
  • ​​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Be patient.'

​ 

Additional Information

PhraseMeaningअर्थ
Double-dealingthe act of cheating or tricking someone by hiding your real intentions.अपने वास्तविक इरादों को छिपाकर किसी को धोखा देने या बरगलाने की क्रिया।
It's a piece of cakeit's easy.यह आसान है।
162

Direction: Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

The data which she presented was the most latest one on the matter under discussion.

  1. ((a))

    which she presented

  2. ((b))

    was the most latest one

  3. ((c))

    on the matter

  4. ((d))

    under discussion

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

was the most latest one

The correct answer is 'was the most latest one.'

Key Points

  • The part 'was the most latest one' is incorrect as it is grammatically incorrect.
  • A common mistake with double superlatives is using both the ending -est and the word “most” in the same sentence.
  • Example: Justin is the most fastest runner on the track team.

                Justin is the fastest runner on the track team.

  • It would be best to remove “most” and keep latest in the superlative degree.
  • Therefore, the use of 'was the most latest one' in the sentence should be replaced with 'was the latest one' to make it grammatically correct.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'was the most latest one.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: The data which she presented was the latest one on the matter under discussion.

​ 

Additional Information  

  • The meaning of the adjective 'latest' is of most recent date.
  • Example: We are covering the latest news.

Hinglish 

  • भाग 'was the most latest one'  गलत है क्योंकि यह व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।
  • Double superlatives के साथ एक सामान्य गलती एक ही वाक्य में अंतिम -est और "most" शब्द दोनों का उपयोग कर रही है।
  • Example: Justin is the most fastest runner on the track team.

                Justin is the fastest runner on the track team.

  • "Most" को हटाना और superlative degree में latest रखना सबसे अच्छा होगा।
  • इसलिए, व्याकरण की दृष्टि से इसे सही बनाने के लिए वाक्य में 'was the most latest one' के उपयोग को 'was the latest one' से बदल दिया जाना चाहिए।
163

Direction: Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

Many Indians have been brought back from foreign countries by the government.

  1. ((a))

    The government had brought back many Indians from foreign countries.

  2. ((b))

    The government is bringing back many Indians from foreign countries.

  3. ((c))

    The government has brought back many Indians from foreign countries.

  4. ((d))

    The government has been bringing back many Indians from foreign countries.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

The government has brought back many Indians from foreign countries.

The correct answer is 'The government has brought back many Indians from foreign countries.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in Present Perfect Tense and Passive Voice.
  • The rule for changing a Present Perfect Tense from Passive voice to Active voice:
  • Interchange the object and subject with each other, i.e. object of the active sentence become the subject of the passive sentence.​
  • Structure: Subject + has/have + past participle (V3) + object (Active Voice)

                  Object + has/have + been + past participle (V3) + (by + subject) (Passive Voice) 

  • Example: Disha has arranged the things. (Active Voice)

                The things have been arranged by Disha. (Passive Voice)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'The government has brought back many Indians from foreign countries.'

 Additional Information 

  • In Active Voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject performing an action.
  • In Passive Voice, the sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • Example: He reads a novel. (Active Voice)

                A novel is read by him. (Passive Voice)

Hinglish 

  • दिया गया वाक्य Present Perfect Tense और Passive Voice में है।
  • Present Perfect Tense को Passive Voice से Active voice में बदलने का नियम:
  • Object और Subject को एक दूसरे के साथ बदलें, यानी Active Voice का Object, Passive Voice का Subject बन जाता है।
  • संरचना: Subject + has/have + past participle (V3) + object (Active Voice)

             Object + has/have + been + past participle (V3) + (by + subject) (Passive Voice) 

  • Example: Disha has arranged the things. (Active Voice)

                The things have been arranged by Disha. (Passive Voice)

164

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Play being recognized as an important factor in improving the mental and physical health of children.

  1. ((a))

    Play is recognized

  2. ((b))

    Play is recognizing

  3. ((c))

    Recognition of play being

  4. ((d))

    No substitution required

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Play is recognized

The correct answer is 'Play is recognized.'

Key Points

  • Here, we need to use a passive voice.
  • The passive voice is used to show interest in the person or object that experiences an action rather than the person or object that performs the action.
  • "Is being" is used to describe an action that started in the past and continues at present.
  • The phrase 'Play being recognized' can be changed to passive voice by modifying it to 'Play is recognized.'
  • Hence, that part should be replaced with 'Play is recognised.'
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'Play is recognized.'
  • ​The correct sentence: Play is recognized as an important factor in improving the mental and physical health of children.

​ 

Additional Information 

 

  • The meaning of the word 'recognize' is to know someone or something because you have seen or heard him or her or experienced it before.
  • Example: I hadn't seen her for 20 years, but I recognized her immediately.

Hinglish 

<br>

 

  • यहां, हमें एक passive voice का उपयोग करने की आवश्यकता है।
  • Passive voice का उपयोग उस व्यक्ति या object में रुचि दिखाने के लिए किया जाता है जो उस व्यक्ति या वस्तु के बजाय एक क्रिया का अनुभव करता है जो क्रिया करता है।
  • "Is being" का उपयोग एक ऐसी क्रिया का वर्णन करने के लिए किया जाता है जो अतीत में शुरू हुई और वर्तमान में जारी है।
  • वाक्यांश 'Play being recognized' को  'Play is recognized' में संशोधित करके passive voice में बदला जा सकता है।
  • इस भाग को 'Play is recognized' से बदल दिया जाना चाहिए।
165

Direction: Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

A doctor who attends to bone problems

  1. ((a))

    pathologist

  2. ((b))

    paediatrician

  3. ((c))

    orthopaedist

  4. ((d))

    cardiologist

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

orthopaedist

The correct answer is '​orthopaedist.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meanings of the given options:
  • Pathologist: a scientist who studies the causes and effects of diseases, especially one who examines laboratory samples of body tissue for diagnostic or forensic purposes. (एक वैज्ञानिक जो रोगों के कारणों और प्रभावों का अध्ययन करता है, विशेष रूप से वह जो नैदानिक ​​या फोरेंसिक उद्देश्यों के लिए शरीर के ऊतकों के प्रयोगशाला नमूनों की जांच करता है।)
  • Paediatrician: a medical practitioner specializing in children and their diseases. (बच्चों और उनके रोगों में विशेषज्ञता वाला एक चिकित्सक।)
  • Orthopaedist: a doctor who specializes in the branch of medicine concerned with the correction or prevention of deformities, disorders, or injuries of the skeleton and associated structures. (एक डॉक्टर जो विकृति, विकारों, या कंकाल और संबंधित संरचनाओं की चोटों के सुधार या रोकथाम से संबंधित दवा की शाखा में माहिर हैं।)
  • Cardiologist: a doctor who specializes in the study or treatment of heart diseases and heart abnormalities. (एक डॉक्टर जो हृदय रोगों और हृदय संबंधी असामान्यताओं के अध्ययन या उपचार में विशेषज्ञता रखता है।)
  • Hence, a doctor who attends to bone problems is called an orthopaedist.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is '​orthopaedist.'

 Additional Information 

  • Let us see the meaning of the following group of words:
Group of wordsOne wordअर्थ
The place where dogs are keptKennelकुत्ता-घर
The place where cats are keptCatteryबिल्ली देखभाल गृह
166

Direction: Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Cornelius said to Pauline, “This house has been far too large for me since the death of my wife.”

  1. ((a))

    Cornelius said to Pauline that this house has been far too large for me since the death of my wife.

  2. ((b))

    Cornelius told Pauline that that house had been far too large for him since the death of his wife.

  3. ((c))

    Cornelius told Pauline that that house had been far too large for me since the death of my wife.

  4. ((d))

    Cornelius asked Pauline if that house has been far too large for him since the death of his wife.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Cornelius told Pauline that that house had been far too large for him since the death of his wife.

The correct answer is 'Cornelius told Pauline that that house had been far too large for him since the death of his wife.'

Key Points

  • The rules for changing Direct Speech to Indirect Speech:
  • The given sentence is in Present Perfect Continuous Tense.
  • Present Perfect Continuous Tense changes to Past Perfect Continuous Tense.
  • The reporting verb said/said to is changed in told, asked, demanded, ordered, enquired as per the nature of the sentence.
  • Remove the commas and inverted commas.
  • The first person in reported speech changes according to the subject of reporting speech.
  • Use that in the sentence of indirect speech.
  • Example: Isha said, “Kavya has been crying for 2 hours .” (Direct speech)

                 Isha said that the Kavya had been crying for 2 hours. (Indirect speech)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is  'Cornelius told Pauline that that house had been far too large for him since the death of his wife.'

 Additional Information 

 

  • If the sentence of Direct speech has a question that cannot be answered by saying yes or no then it does not use “if” or “whether” in its Indirect speech.
  • Example:  She said to me, “Where did you buy this dress from?” (Direct speech)

                  She asked me where I had bought that dress from. (Indirect speech)

Hinglish 

  • Direct Speech को Indirect Speech में बदलने का नियम:
  • दिया गया वाक्य Present Perfect Continuous Tense में है।
  • Present Perfect Continuous Tense, Past Perfect Continuous Tense में बदल जाता है।
  • Said/said to रिपोर्टिंग verb वाक्य की प्रकृति के अनुसार asked, demanded, ordered, enquired में बदल जाती है।
  • Commas और inverted commas हटा दे।
  • Reported speech में first person, reporting speech के subject के अनुसार बदलता है।
  • Indirect speech के वाक्य में  that का प्रयोग करें।
  • Example: Isha said, “Kavya has been crying for 2 hours .” (Direct speech)

                 Isha said that the Kavya had been crying for 2 hours. (Indirect speech)

167

Direction: Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. When they reached the great city, they were frightened by the size of it and by the crowds in the streets.

B. However, they visited every street, stopping wherever they saw a crowd.

C. They were afraid they would not even recognise him, for they had not seen him for fifteen years.

D. They felt that their son would be somewhere among those people.

E. But they did not know how to find him.

F. They hoped for a chance meeting.

  1. ((a))

    ADECBF

  2. ((b))

    ACDEBF

  3. ((c))

    ACEBDF

  4. ((d))

    ADBCEF

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

ADECBF

The correct answer is 'ADECBF.'

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The opener will be A as it introduces the context of the paragraph.
  • After this, D will come as it adds information about the subject 'they.'
  • After this, E will come as it is talking about the way to find their son which is mentioned in D.
  • C follows E as B talks about the fear of not recognizing their son after 15 years.
  • The last sentence will be F as it is providing a conclusion to the context.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'ADECBF.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:

A. When they reached the great city, they were frightened by the size of it and by the crowds in the streets.

D. They felt that their son would be somewhere among those people.

E. But they did not know how to find him.

C. They were afraid they would not even recognise him, for they had not seen him for fifteen years.

B. However, they visited every street, stopping wherever they saw a crowd.

F. They hoped for a chance meeting.

Additional Information  

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • Opener, A होगा क्योंकि यह पैराग्राफ के संदर्भ का परिचय देता है।
  • इसके बाद, D आएगा क्योंकि यह 'वे' विषय के बारे में जानकारी जोड़ता है।
  • इसके बाद, E आएगा क्योंकि यह उनके बेटे को खोजने के तरीके के बारे में बात कर रहा है जिसका उल्लेख डी में किया गया है।
  • C, E का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि B 15 साल बाद अपने बेटे को न पहचानने के डर के बारे में बात करता है।
  • अंतिम वाक्य F होगा क्योंकि यह संदर्भ को निष्कर्ष प्रदान कर रहा है।
  • इसलिए, अनुक्रम 'ADECBF' है।
168

Find the best one-word substitution for the below description.

A person skilled in cutting, dressing, and laying stones in buildings.

  1. ((a))

    architect

  2. ((b))

    carpenter

  3. ((c))

    artisan

  4. ((d))

    mason

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

mason

The correct answer is '​mason.'

Key Points

  • Let us see the meanings of the given options:
  • Architect: a person who designs buildings and in many cases also supervises their construction. (एक व्यक्ति जो इमारतों को डिजाइन करता है और कई मामलों में उनके निर्माण का पर्यवेक्षण भी करता है।)
  • Carpenter: a person who makes and repairs wooden objects and structures. (एक व्यक्ति जो लकड़ी की वस्तुओं और संरचनाओं को बनाता और मरम्मत करता है।)
  • Artisan: a worker in a skilled trade, especially one that involves making things by hand. (एक कुशल व्यापार में एक कार्यकर्ता, विशेष रूप से एक जिसमें हाथ से चीजें बनाना शामिल है।)
  • Mason: a person skilled in cutting, dressing, and laying stone in buildings. (इमारतों में पत्थर काटने, कपड़े पहनने और बिछाने में कुशल व्यक्ति।)
  • Hence, a person who is skilled in cutting, dressing and laying stones in buildings is called a mason.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is  '​mason.'

Additional Information 

 

  • Let us see the meaning of the following group of words:
Group of wordsOne wordअर्थ
Fond of companyGregariousसुसामाजिक
Spoken or done without preparationExtemporeअचिंतित
169

Direction: Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. The doctor left three different medicines with instructions for giving them.

B. Back in the room, I wrote the boy’s temperature down.

C. He seemed to know all about influenza.

D. He also said there was no danger if you avoided pneumonia.

E. He said there was nothing to worry if the fever didn’t go above one hundred and four degrees.

F. I also made a note of the time to give the various medicines.

  1. ((a))

    ADCBEF

  2. ((b))

    ACEDBF

  3. ((c))

    AEDBCF

  4. ((d))

    ACDBEF

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

ACEDBF

The correct answer is 'ACEDBF.'

Key Points

  • While arranging the parts of the passage given in options, we have to find some grammatical or contextual connections between them, so let’s find out.  
  • The opener will be A as it introduces the context of the paragraph.
  • After this, C will come as it adds information about the subject 'the doctor.'
  • After this, E will come as it is talking more about the observations of the doctor which is mentioned in C.
  • D follows E as D talks about the condition of the boy.
  • The last sentence will be F as it is providing a conclusion to the context.
  • Thus, the correct answer is 'ACEDBF.'
  • ​​The correct sequence:

A. The doctor left three different medicines with instructions for giving them.

C. He seemed to know all about influenza.

E. He said there was nothing to worry if the fever didn’t go above one hundred and four degrees.

D. He also said there was no danger if you avoided pneumonia.

B. Back in the room, I wrote the boy’s temperature down.

F. I also made a note of the time to give the various medicines.

Additional Information 

 

  • Steps for solving Para Jumbles:
  • Clues include pronouns, like he, she, it, this, that, these, those; adverbs like formally, really; article a, an and the; definers like actually, finally, another; connectors like but, yet, both, also and neither nor, or, however, nevertheless.
  • Now, with the help of clues, try to find out qualifier and qualified sentences, so that we can make pairs of qualified and qualifier sentences to eliminate the wrong choices given in the question.
  • After making pairs, start eliminating the wrong choices or options given in the question.
  • In case there is more than one choice, try to follow the sequence of sentences according to the occurrence of the events.

Hinglish 

  • विकल्पों में दिए गए गद्यांश के भागों को व्यवस्थित करते समय, हमें उनके बीच कुछ व्याकरणिक या प्रासंगिक संबंध खोजने होंगे, तो आइए जानें।
  • Opener, A होगा क्योंकि यह पैराग्राफ के संदर्भ का परिचय देता है।
  • इसके बाद, C आएगा क्योंकि यह 'डॉक्टर' विषय के बारे में जानकारी जोड़ता है।
  • इसके बाद, E आएगा क्योंकि यह डॉक्टर की टिप्पणियों के बारे में अधिक बात कर रहा है जिसका उल्लेख सी में किया गया है।
  • D, E का अनुसरण करता है क्योंकि D लड़के की स्थिति के बारे में बात करता है।
  • अंतिम वाक्य F होगा क्योंकि यह संदर्भ को निष्कर्ष प्रदान कर रहा है।
  • इसलिए, अनुक्रम 'ACEDBF' है।
170

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

The clown was so funny ______ everybody burst out laughing.

  1. ((a))

    because

  2. ((b))

    that

  3. ((c))

    but

  4. ((d))

    when

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

that

The correct answer is 'that.'

Key Points

  • We use so + that as a conjunction to introduce clauses of reason and explanation. (हम तर्क और स्पष्टीकरण के खंडों को पेश करने के लिए एक संयोजन so + that का उपयोग करते हैं।)
  • We also use so + adjective or adverb before **that-**clauses. (हम उस उपवाक्य से पहले so + adjective or adverb का भी प्रयोग करते हैं।)
  • ExampleThey drove so fast that they escaped the police car that was chasing them.
  • Thus, the correct option is 'that.'
  • ​​The correct sentence: The clown was so funny that everybody burst out laughing.

​  

Additional Information    

  • We use even when we want to express a surprising extreme or when we want to say that something is more than we expect.
  • Example: She’s rude to everyone. She’s even rude to me.
171

Direction: Select the wrongly spelt word.

  1. ((a))

    attain

  2. ((b))

    attrect

  3. ((c))

    attempt

  4. ((d))

    attend

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

attrect

The correct answer is 'attrect.'

Key Points

  • Out of all the options, 'attrect' is the incorrect word.
  • The correct spelling is Attract.
  • The meaning of 'Attract' is to pull or draw someone or something towards them, by the qualities they have, especially good ones.
  • Example: These flowers are brightly coloured in order to attract butterflies.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'attrect.'

​ 

Additional Information 

  • Let us discuss the meaning of some words:
Mis-speltCorrect spellingMeaning/अर्थ
EagalingEaglingplay (a hole) in two strokes under par. (बराबर के तहत दो स्ट्रोक में खेलना।)
EagernesEagernessenthusiasm to do or to have something; keenness. (कुछ करने या करने का उत्साह; उत्सुकता।)
EccentrecityEccentricitythe state of being eccentric. (सनकी होने की अवस्था।)

Hinglish 

  • सभी विकल्पों में से 'attrect' गलत शब्द है।
  • सही वर्तनी Attract है।
  • 'Attract' का अर्थ है, किसी को या किसी चीज को अपनी ओर खींचना या खींचना, उनके गुणों से, विशेष रूप से अच्छे लोगों द्व। 
  • Example: These flowers are brightly coloured in order to attract butterflies.
172

Direction: Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

I am indebted to my friends for the large sum of money what they gave me during my days of need.

  1. ((a))

    what they gave me

  2. ((b))

    during my days of need

  3. ((c))

    indebted to my friends

  4. ((d))

    for the large sum

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

what they gave me

The correct answer is 'what they gave me.'

Key Points

  • The error lies in 'what they gave me' part of the sentence.
  • "That" can introduce an explanatory dependent clause and "What" cannot.
  • "That" indicates specific quality of the object in question or a subset of a larger set.
  • Example: This is the cat that killed the rat.
  • "What" indicates the object in the question itself, or the entire larger set.
  • Example: What would you like to do?
  • Therefore, the use of 'what they gave me' should be replaced by' that they gave me' to make it grammatically correct*.*
  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'what they gave me.'
  • ​​Correct sentence: I am indebted to my friends for the large sum of money that they gave me during my days of need.

Additional Information  

 

 

 

  • The present tense is the base form of the verb.
  • We use do and does to make questions with the present simple.
  • We use does for the third person singular (she/he/it) and do for the others.
  • We use do and does with question words like where, what and when.
  • Example: Where do Angela and Rita live?

Hinglish 

 

 

  • त्रुटि वाक्य के भाग 'what they gave me'  में है।
  • "That" एक व्याख्यात्मक आश्रित खंड पेश कर सकता है और "What" नहीं कर सकता।
  • "That" प्रश्न में वस्तु की विशिष्ट गुणवत्ता या बड़े सेट के सबसेट को इंगित करता है।
  • ExampleThis is the cat that killed the rat.
  • "What" प्रश्न में ही वस्तु या पूरे बड़े सेट को इंगित करता है।
  • ExampleWhat would you like to do?
  • इसलिए वाक्य के 'what they gave me'  प्रयोग को 'that they gave me' से बदल देना चाहिए ताकि वह व्याकरण की दृष्टि से सही हो।​
173

Direction: Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Nobody should expect to become successful without hard work.

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    should expect to becoming

  3. ((c))

    should be expect becoming

  4. ((d))

    should expecting to become

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

No substitution required

The correct answer is '​No substitution required.'

Key Points

  • There is no error in this sentence and the sentence is grammatically correct. (इस वाक्य में कोई त्रुटि नहीं है और वाक्य व्याकरणिक रूप से सही है।)
  • Therefore, the correct option is '​No substitution required.'​
  • Correct sentence: Nobody should expect to become successful without hard work.

Additional Information

  • The meaning of expect is to regard (something) as likely to happen.
  • Example:It's as well to expect the worst.
174

Direction: Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Albert said to Tim, “I’m not sure your father would consider it a good idea to have me on the board of his company.”

  1. ((a))

    Albert said to Tim that he was not sure his father would consider it a good idea to have me on the board of his company.

  2. ((b))

    Albert said to Tim that I’m not sure your father would consider it a good idea to have me on the board of his company.

  3. ((c))

    Albert said to Tim that he is not sure your father will consider it a good idea to have him on the board of his company.

  4. ((d))

    Albert said to Tim that he was not sure his father would consider it a good idea to have him on the board of his company.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Albert said to Tim that he was not sure his father would consider it a good idea to have him on the board of his company.

The correct answer is 'Albert said to Tim that he was not sure his father would consider it a good idea to have him on the board of his company.​'

Key Points

  • The rules for changing Direct Speech to Indirect Speech:
  • The given sentence is in Present Simple Tense.
  • Simple Present Tense changes to Simple Past Tense.
  • If the reporting verb is in the present or future tense, the tense of the reported clause should not be changed.
  • Reporting verb is changed according to the form and sense of the sentence.
  • Inverted commas are removed in the indirect speech.
  • Connective word is used at the beginning of the reported speech.
  • The verb of the reported speech is changed according to the form and sense of the sentence.
  • Persons & Helping Verbs of the reported speech are changed.
  • Example: He said, “I am in the class.”(Direct speech)

                 He said that he was in the class. (Indirect speech)

  • Therefore, the correct answer is 'Albert said to Tim that he was not sure his father would consider it a good idea to have him on the board of his company.​'

 Additional Information 

  • If the sentence of Direct speech has a question that cannot be answered by saying yes or no then it does not uses “if” or “whether” in its Indirect speech.
  • Example:  She said to me, “Where did you buy this dress from?” (Direct speech)

                  She asked me where I had bought that dress from. (Indirect speech)

Hinglish 

  • Direct Speech को Indirect Speech में बदलने का नियम:
  • दिया गया वाक्य Present Simple Tense में है।
  • Simple present, Simple Past में बदल जाता है
  • यदि reporting verb, present या future tense में है, तो reported clause के काल को नहीं बदला जाना चाहिए।
  • Reporting verb वाक्य के रूप और भाव के अनुसार बदल जाती है।
  • Indirect speech में Inverted commas हटा दिए जाते हैं।
  • Reported speech की शुरुआत में connective word का इस्तेमाल किया जाता है।
  • Reported speech के व्यक्ति और सहायक क्रिया बदल जाते हैं।
  • Example: He said, “I am in the class.”(Direct speech)

                 He said that he was in the class. (Indirect speech)

175

Direction: Select the wrongly spelt word.

  1. ((a))

    caravan

  2. ((b))

    clocke

  3. ((c))

    carriage

  4. ((d))

    camera

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

clocke

The correct answer is 'clocke.'

Key Points

  • Out of all the options,'clocke.' is the incorrect word.
  • The correct spelling is Clock.
  • The meaning of 'Clock' is a mechanical or electrical device for measuring time, indicating hours, minutes, and sometimes seconds by hands on a round dial or by displayed figures.
  • Example: The church clock struck four.
  • Hence, the correct answer is 'clocke.'

​ 

 Additional Information 

  • Let us discuss the meaning of some words:
Mis-speltCorrect spellingMeaning/अर्थ
EagalingEaglingplay (a hole) in two strokes under par. (बराबर के तहत दो स्ट्रोक में खेलना।)
EagernesEagernessenthusiasm to do or to have something; keenness. (कुछ करने या करने का उत्साह; उत्सुकता।)
EccentrecityEccentricitythe state of being eccentric. (सनकी होने की अवस्था।)

Hinglish 

  • सभी विकल्पों में से 'clocke' गलत शब्द है।
  • सही वर्तनी Clock है।
  • 'Clock' का अर्थ है, समय मापने के लिए एक यांत्रिक या विद्युत उपकरण, एक गोल डायल पर या प्रदर्शित आंकड़ों द्वारा घंटों, मिनटों और कभी-कभी सेकंड को इंगित करता है।
  • Example: The church clock struck four.
176

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Sushma said to Mohit, “You have always been the cleverest in the family.”

  1. ((a))

    Sushma told Mohit that he had always been the cleverest in the family.

  2. ((b))

    Sushma asked Mohit whether he had always been the cleverest in the family.

  3. ((c))

    Sushma said to Mohit that you have always been the cleverest in the family.

  4. ((d))

    Sushma complimented Mohit and said that you are the cleverest in the family.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Sushma told Mohit that he had always been the cleverest in the family.

The correct answer is 'Sushma told Mohit that he had always been the cleverest in the family'.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is an example of a declarative sentence.
  • The given sentence is in direct Speech. As per the question we have to change it into indirect speech.
  • Basic rules for changing or converting direct speech into indirect speech:​
  • Remove comma(,) and inverted commas("").
  • 'Said to' will be changed into 'told'.
  • Put 'that' conjunction between the reporting and reported speeches.
  • 'You' will be changed into 'he'. (Second-person->Third-person), the second person of reported speech changes according to the object of reporting speech.
  • 'have been' will be changed into 'had been' (Present perfect continuous tense->Past Perfect continuous tense),
  • This is the direct and indirect speech rule for the present perfect continuous tense.
  • Example:
  • They said to me, “We have been waiting here for a long time.” (direct speech)
  • They told me that they had been waiting there for a long time. (indirect speech)
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that ‘Sushma told Mohit that he had always been the cleverest in the family'’ is the correct indirect form of the given sentence.
177

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

“I can give you a lift into town if that will help,” Anjali said to Rahul.

  1. ((a))

    Anjali said to Rahul that she is ready to give him a lift into town if that will help.

  2. ((b))

    Anjali said to Rahul that she can give you a lift into town if that is helpful.

  3. ((c))

    Anjali said to Rahul that I can give you a lift into town if that will help.

  4. ((d))

    Anjali said to Rahul that she could give him a lift into town if that would help.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Anjali said to Rahul that she could give him a lift into town if that would help.

The correct answer is 'Anjali said to Rahul that she could give him a lift into town if that would help'.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in direct Speech. As per the question we have to change it into indirect speech.
  • Basic rules for changing or converting direct speech into indirect speech:
  • Remove comma(,) and inverted commas("").
  • 'Said to' will be no change, because 'told' is not given in the option.
  • Put 'that' conjunction between the reporting and reported speeches.
  • 'I' will be changed into 'she'. (First-person->Third-person), the first person of the reported speech changes according to the subject of reporting speech.
  • 'can give' will be changed into 'could give'. (Simple future tense-> Present conditional tense)
  • 'you' will be changed into 'him'. (Second-person->Third-person), the second person of reported speech changes according to the object of reporting speech.
  • 'will help' will be changed into 'could give'. (Simple future tense-> Present conditional tense)
  • This is the direct and indirect speech rule for the modals.
  • Example:
  • Mario stated that “I can use cold colours instead of warm colours”. (direct speech)
  • Mario stated that he could use cold colours instead of warm colours. (indirect speech)
  • ​Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that "Anjali said to Rahul that she could give him a lift into town if that would help'’ is the correct indirect form of the given sentence.
178

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

She could not attend my brother’s marriage in spite of her illness.

  1. ((a))

    because of

  2. ((b))

    No substitution required

  3. ((c))

    but for

  4. ((d))

    instead of

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

because of

The correct answer is 'because of'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is grammatically incorrect.
  • In the above-given sentence, 'in spite of' will be replaced by ‘because of’.
  • As per the general rule, 'because of' is used to modify the actions. In other words, 'because of' is used to present the reason for an action.
  • 'Because of' is a preposition, as a preposition 'because of' is followed by a noun/pronoun.
  • Example: 
  • We cancelled the trip because of the rain. (correct)
  • We cancelled the trip in spite of the rain. (incorrect)
  • Here, in the given above sentence 'in spite of' is used to the reason for an action, which is wrong according to the rule.
  • According to the explanation and example that are given above, ‘because of’ is the most appropriate substitute to the underlined segment.

Additional Information

  • Let's have a look at the other options:
  • but for: "we use 'but for' to introduce the only factor that causes a particular thing not to happen or not to be completely true".
  • Example:
  • The work was now complete, but for a final coat of paint.
  • instead of: "Instead of is a preposition. We use it to introduce something that is not done, not used, or not true, in contrast to something that is done, is used, or is true.
  • Example: 
  • You can have rice instead of potatoes.
179

Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

An arrangement of flowers that is usually given as a present

  1. ((a))

    wreathe

  2. ((b))

    garland

  3. ((c))

    bouquet

  4. ((d))

    blossom

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

bouquet

The correct answer is 'bouquet'.

Key Points 

  • Let's look at the meaning and example of the given options:
  • wreathe(verb)- "to cover or surround something". (किसी चीज को ढकना या घेरना)
  • E.g. The peak of the mountain is perpetually wreathed in cloud.
  • garland(noun)- "a circle made of flowers and leaves worn around the neck or head as a decoration". (सजावट के रूप में गले या सिर के चारों ओर पहने जाने वाले फूलों और पत्तियों से बना एक चक्र)
  • E.g. They were dressed in white and wore garlands that seemed to shine.
  • bouquet(noun)- "a group of flowers that have been attractively arranged so that they can be given as a present or carried on a formal occasion". (फूलों का एक समूह जिसे आकर्षक ढंग से व्यवस्थित किया गया है ताकि उन्हें उपहार के रूप में दिया जा सके या औपचारिक अवसर पर ले जाया जा सके)
  • E.g. Chris sent me a lovely bouquet when I was sick.
  • blossom(noun)- "a small flower, or the small flowers on a tree or plant". (एक छोटा फूल, या एक पेड़ या पौधे पर छोटे फूल)
  • E.g. The scent of apple blossom filled the air.
  • ​Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that 'bouquet' is the most appropriate word for the given group of words.
180

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

During winters in Delhi, flights are oftenly cancelled due to heavy fog.

  1. ((a))

    due to heavy fog

  2. ((b))

    oftenly cancelled

  3. ((c))

    flights are

  4. ((d))

    During winters

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

oftenly cancelled

The correct answer is 'oftenly cancelled'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is grammatically incorrect.
  • 'Often' is not an adjective and 'oftenly' is not an adverb.
  • An adverb is a word that modifies a sentence, verb, or adjective.
  • As per the general rule, "Often" is an adverb meaning ‘many times on different occasions’.
  • Example:
  • I have often wondered what happened to him. (correct)
  • I have oftenly wondered what happened to him. (incorrect)
  • Here, in the given above sentence, 'oftenly' is used as an adverb which is wrong.
  • According to the explanation that is given above, ‘often’ is the correct use in place of “oftenly”.

Correct sentence: During winters in Delhi, flights are often cancelled due to heavy fog.

Hinglish

  • ऊपर दिया गया वाक्य व्याकरण की दृष्टि से गलत है।
  • 'Often' एक विशेषण नहीं है और 'oftenly' एक क्रिया विशेषण नहीं है।
  • क्रिया विशेषण एक ऐसा शब्द है जो किसी वाक्य, क्रिया या विशेषण को संशोधित करता है।
  • सामान्य नियम के अनुसार, "often" एक क्रिया विशेषण है जिसका अर्थ है 'कई बार विभिन्न अवसरों पर'
  • उदाहरण:
  • I have often wondered what happened to him. (सही)
  • I have oftenly wondered what happened to him. (गलत)
  • यहाँ, ऊपर दिए गए वाक्य में, 'oftenly' का प्रयोग क्रिया विशेषण के रूप में किया जाता है जो गलत है।
  • ऊपर दी गई व्याख्या के अनुसार, "oftenly" के स्थान पर 'often' का सही प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए।

Additional Information

  • It's easy to assume that all adverbs end in '-ly', since so many do, but that isn't always the case. Here is a list of adverbs that don’t end in '-ly': (यह मान लेना आसान है कि सभी क्रियाविशेषण '-ly' में समाप्त होते हैं, क्योंकि कई करते हैं, लेकिन हमेशा ऐसा नहीं होता है। यहाँ क्रियाविशेषणों की एक सूची दी गई है जो '-ly' में समाप्त नहीं होते हैं:)
  • "Already, often, quick, never, hard, late, etc."
  • Examples: 
  • We already knew that he was coming to visit. (correct)
  • We alreadyly knew that he was coming to visit. (incorrect)
181

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

Fight tooth and nail

  1. ((a))

    Be in high spirits

  2. ((b))

    Insist on something

  3. ((c))

    Fight very fiercely

  4. ((d))

    Win the competition

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Fight very fiercely

The correct answer is 'Fight very fiercely'.

Key Points

  • The most appropriate meaning of the given idiom 'Fight tooth and nail' is 'Fight very fiercely'.
  • Let’s look at the meaning and example of the given phrasal verb:
  • Fight tooth and nail- "to try very hard to get something you want". (आप जो चाहते हैं उसे पाने के लिए बहुत मेहनत करना)
  • E.g. We fought tooth and nail to get the route of the new road changed.
  • ​​Thus from the explanation given above, we find that the 3rd option is the correct choice.

Additional Information

  • Let's look at the origin of the idiom:
  • This idiom dates back to the 1500s and comes from the idea of fighting like a wild beast. Animals don’t have weapons, so they fight with everything that they’ve got: their teeth and nails.
182

Direction: Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

I am vexed by her behaviour.

  1. ((a))

    Her behaviour has vexed me.

  2. ((b))

    Her behaviour vexes me.

  3. ((c))

    Her behaviour vexed me.

  4. ((d))

    Her behaviour is vexing to me.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Her behaviour vexes me.

The correct answer is 'Her behaviour vexes me'.

<br>

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is in a 'passive voice form', hence we need to convert it into an 'active voice form'
  • We need to follow these instructions while changing the voice of the simple present tense.
  • The given sentence is in the passive voice and 'I' is the subject and 'her behaviour' is the object.
  • When we convert this sentence into active voice, the subject 'I' of the passive voice becomes the object, the object ''her behaviour' becomes the subject.
  • Remove the word 'by' because these words are not used in the active form of the simple present tense.
  • in the simple present tense(passive voice) is/am/are + 3rd form of the verb is used. is/am/are + V3 is changed into  V1+s/es for making the active voice of the simple present tense.
  • The active format " V1+s/es" should be used.
  • Let's have a look at the structural form of the given rule:
  • Subject + V1+s/es+ object. (active voice)
  • Object+ is/am/are+ V3+ by + subject. (passive voice)​
  • This is the active and passive voice rule for the simple present tense.
  • Example: 
  • A song is sung by him. (passive voice)
  • *He sings a song (active voice)*
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that ‘Her behaviour vexes me’ is the correct active form of the given sentence.
183

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

The old telephone ______ nobody wants has been thrown into the junkyard.

  1. ((a))

    what

  2. ((b))

    who

  3. ((c))

    which

  4. ((d))

    whom

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

which

The correct answer is 'which'

Key Points

  • The pronouns that connect a clause or phrase to a noun or a pronoun, is called relative pronoun.
  • The most common relative pronouns are:
  • “who, whom, whose, which, that”.
  • As per the general rule, we use 'which' in relative clauses to refer to animals and things, to introduce defining and non-defining relative clauses.
  • Example: 
  • You need to tick the box which says yes.​ ​(correct)
  • You need to tick the box who/whom says yes.​ ​(incorrect)
  • According to the explanation and example that are given above, **‘**which' is the correct choice for the given blank.

Complete sentence: The old telephone which nobody wants has been thrown into the junkyard.

Additional Information

  • As per the general rule, we use 'who' in relative clauses to refer to a person (as the verb’s subject).
  • Example: 
  • The woman who came to the door left flowers for you. (correct)
  • The woman which came to the door left flowers for you. (incorrect)
  • As per the general rule, we use 'whom' in relative clauses to refer to a person (as the verb’s object).
  • Example: 
  • I am not sure whom this book belongs to. (correct)
  • I am not sure which this book belongs to. (incorrect)
184

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Anshul said to Vibha, “We will shift all the furniture to the new house.”

  1. ((a))

    Anshul told Vibha that they will shift all the furniture to the new house.

  2. ((b))

    Anshul told Vibha that they would shift all the furniture to the new house.

  3. ((c))

    Anshul told Vibha that they will be shifting all the furniture to the new house.

  4. ((d))

    Anshul told Vibha that we would shift all the furniture to the new house.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Anshul told Vibha that they would shift all the furniture to the new house.

The correct answer is 'Anshul told Vibha that they would shift all the furniture to the new house'.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is an example of a declarative sentence.
  • The given sentence is in direct Speech. As per the question we have to change it into indirect speech.
  • Basic rules for changing or converting direct speech into indirect speech:
  • Remove comma(,) and inverted commas(").
  • 'Said to' will be changed into 'told'.
  • Put 'that' conjunction between the reporting and reported speeches.
  • 'We' will be changed into 'they'. (First-person plural->Third-person plural), the first person of the reported speech changes according to the subject of reporting speech.
  • 'will' will be changed into 'would'. (Simple future tense-> Present conditional tense)
  • This is the direct and indirect speech rule for the simple future tense.
  • Example:
  • They said to me, “We will not give up.” (direct speech)
  • They told me that they wouldn`t give up. (indirect speech)
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that ‘Anshul told Vibha that they would shift all the furniture to the new house'’ is the correct indirect form of the given sentence.
185

Given below are six sentences. A and F are the first and the last sentences. The rest of the sentences namely B, C, D and E are jumbled. Select the option that gives their correct order.

A. It was noon and by now the two bandits were very hungry.

B. Now the one who was guarding the treasure thought, “It is a pity that this treasure has to be divided between two.”

C. So they decided that one of them would stay near the treasure and guard it.

D. And the other one would go to the neighbouring village and buy some food.

E. The one who stayed back placed his sword near the treasure and kept guard while the other set off in the direction of the village.

F. “It would be so much simpler if I could take it all.”

  1. ((a))

    ACEBDF

  2. ((b))

    ACDEBF

  3. ((c))

    ABCDEF

  4. ((d))

    ADECBF

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

ACDEBF

The correct answer is  'ACDEBF'.

Key Points 

  • Sentence ‘C’ comes first as it is independent of any other sentence and introduces when both of them decided to talk among themselves to quench the hunger, So it will be put in the first place.
  • Sentence ‘D’ follows ‘C’ as it talks about after the verdict, one stayed there near the treasury and the other went to a nearby village to buy some food, and gives some information about the previous sentence, So it will be put in the second place.
  • Sentence ‘E’ follows ‘D’ as it states that, one of the two stopped for protection by placing a sword near the treasure and the other left for the village, as per mentioned in the given above sentence, So it will be put in the third place.
  • Sentence ‘B’ follows ‘E’ as it tells that, the one who stood guarding the treasure thought, "It would be a pity to divide this treasure between two", so sentence B is the concluding sentence. So it will be put in the fourth place.
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that the correct order is ‘ACDEBF’.
  • Thus, the sequence becomes:
  • A: It was noon and by now the two bandits were very hungry. (दोपहर हो चुकी थी और अब तक दोनों डाकू बहुत भूखे थे।)
  • C: So they decided that one of them would stay near the treasure and guard it. (इसलिए उन्होंने फैसला किया कि उनमें से एक खजाने के पास रहेगा और उसकी रखवाली करेगा।)
  • D: And the other one would go to the neighbouring village and buy some food. (और दूसरा पास के गाँव में जाकर कुछ खाना खरीदता।)
  • E: The one who stayed back placed his sword near the treasure and kept guard while the other set off in the direction of the village. (जो पीछे रह गया, उसने अपनी तलवार खजाने के पास रख दी और पहरा दे दिया, जबकि दूसरा गाँव की ओर चल पड़ा।)
  • B: Now the one who was guarding the treasure thought, “It is a pity that this treasure has to be divided between two.” (अब जो खजाने की रखवाली कर रहा था, उसने सोचा, "यह अफ़सोस की बात है कि इस खजाने को दो के बीच विभाजित करना पड़ रहा है।")
  • F: “It would be so much simpler if I could take it all.” ("अगर मैं यह सब ले सकता तो यह बहुत आसान होगा।")
186

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Harry said to Margaret, “I already have an appointment at nine but I can fit you in at ten for half an hour.”

  1. ((a))

    Harry told Margaret that I already have an appointment at nine but I can fit you in at ten for half an hour.

  2. ((b))

    Harry told Margaret that he already had an appointment at nine but he can fit you in at ten for half an hour.

  3. ((c))

    Harry told Margaret that I am already having an appointment at nine but I can fit her in at ten for half an hour.

  4. ((d))

    Harry told Margaret that he already had an appointment at nine but he could fit her in at ten for half an hour.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Harry told Margaret that he already had an appointment at nine but he could fit her in at ten for half an hour.

The correct answer is 'Harry told Margaret that he already had an appointment at nine but he could fit her in at ten for half an hour'.

Key Points 

  • The given sentence is an example of a declarative sentence.
  • The given sentence is in direct Speech. As per the question we have to change it into indirect Speech.
  • Basic rules for changing or converting direct speech into indirect speech:​
  • Remove comma(,) and inverted commas("").
  • 'Said to' will be changed into 'told'.
  • Put 'that' conjunction between the reporting and reported speeches.
  • 'I' will be changed into 'he'. (First-person->Third-person), the first person of the reported speech changes according to the subject of reporting speech.
  • 'have' will be changed into 'had' (Present perfect tense->Past Perfect tense),
  • 'you' will be changed into 'her'. (Second-person->Third-person), the second person of reported speech changes according to the object of reporting speech
  • This is the direct and indirect speech rule for the present perfect tense.
  • Example:
  • "I have been to Spain", he told me. (direct speech)
  • He told me that he had been to Spain. (indirect speech)
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that ‘Harry told Margaret that he already had an appointment at nine but he could fit her in at ten for half an hour'’ is the correct indirect form of the given sentence.
187

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

Mr. Bansal is the more methodical person in our office staff.

  1. ((a))

    in our

  2. ((b))

    the more

  3. ((c))

    Mr. Bansal is

  4. ((d))

    office staff.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

the more

The correct answer is 'the more'.

Key Points 

  • The given above sentence is grammatically incorrect.
  • The given sentence is an example of the superlative adjective.
  • Superlative adjectives are adjectives that compare the traits of three or more nouns.
  • As per the general rule, we add the definite article 'the' and add 'most' to adjectives that have 3 or more syllables for the superlative form.
  • Let’s have a look at the structural form of the given rule:
  • Noun (subject) + verb + the + superlative adjective + noun (object).
  • Example:
  • expensivemost expensive
  • difficult most difficult
  • ​Example in a sentence: 
  • One of the most appealing things about Alex was his confidence. (correct)
  • One of the more appealing things about Alex was his confidence. (incorrect)
  • Here, in the given above sentence, 'the more' is used as a superlative form, which is wrong according to the rule.
  • According to the explanation that is given above, ‘the most’ is the correct use in place of “the more”.

Correct sentence: Mr. Bansal is the most methodical person in our office staff.

188

Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

The strike has been called off by the workers.

  1. ((a))

    The workers are calling off the strike.

  2. ((b))

    The workers have called off the strike.

  3. ((c))

    The strike has called off the workers.

  4. ((d))

    The workers had called off the strike.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

The workers have called off the strike.

The correct answer is 'The workers have called off the strike'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is in a 'passive voice form', hence we need to convert it into an 'active voice form'
  • We need to follow these instructions while changing the voice of the present perfect tense.
  • The given sentence is in the passive voice and 'The strike' is the subject and 'the workers' is the object.
  • When we convert this sentence into active voice, the subject 'The strike' of the passive voice becomes the object, the object 'the workers' becomes the subject.
  • Remove the word 'been' and 'by' because these words are not used in the active form of the past perfect tense.
  • The active formet "has/have+ V3" should be used.
  • Let's have a look at the structural form of the given rule:
  • ​Subject + has/have+ v3+ object. (active voice)
  • Object+ has/have+ been+ V3+ by + subject. (passive voice)​
  • This is the active and passive voice rule for the present perfect tense.
  • Example: 
  • She has been challenged by Nitesh. (passive voice)
  • *Nitesh has challenged her. (active voice)*
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that ‘The workers have called off the strike’ is the correct active form of the given sentence.
189

Select the correct active form of the given sentence.

Let this letter be posted at once.

  1. ((a))

    He will post this letter at once.

  2. ((b))

    This letter needs to be posted at once.

  3. ((c))

    This letter will be posted at once.

  4. ((d))

    Post this letter at once.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Post this letter at once.

The correct answer is 'Post this letter at once'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is in a 'passive voice form', hence we need to convert it into an 'active voice form'.
  • We need to follow these instructions while changing the voice of an imperative sentence.
  • The given sentence is an example of an Imperative sentence.
  • The imperative sentence in active voice always starts with the main verb of the sentence.
  • Remove the word 'Let' and 'be' because these words are not used in the active form of the Imperative sentence.
  • in an imperative sentence(passive voice) 3rd form of the verb is used. The 3rd form of the verb is changed into 1st form of the verb for making the active voice of the imperative sentence.
  • Let's have a look at the structural form of the given rule:
  • Let + subject + be + V3. (passive voice)
  • Main verb(V1) + subject. (active voice)
  • This is the active and passive voice rule for the imperative sentences.
  • Example: 
  • Let the food be cooked. (passive voice)
  • *Cook the food. (active voice)*
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that ‘Post this letter at once’ is the correct active form of the given sentence.
190

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

The student requested the teacher to speak a little slowly so that he could note down the points.

  1. ((a))

    The student told to the teacher, “Please speak a little slowly so that I could note down the points.”

  2. ((b))

    The student said , “Madam, speak a little slowly so that we can note down the points.”

  3. ((c))

    The student said to the teacher, “Please speak a little slowly so that I can note down the points.”

  4. ((d))

    The student said to the teacher, “Speak a little slowly so that he could note down the points.”

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

The student said to the teacher, “Please speak a little slowly so that I can note down the points.”

The correct answer is 'The student said to the teacher, “Please speak a little slowly so that I can note down the points.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is an example of an imperative sentence.
  • The given sentence is in indirect speech. As per the question we have to change it into direct speech.
  • Basic rules for changing or converting indirect speech into direct speech:​​​
  • The commas(,), inverted commas("), and the exclamation mark are added.
  • In the first part of the sentence, the verb "requested " will be changed to "said to" in the direct speech, because In an imperative sentence, reporting verb is changed to 'ordered, advised, requested, commanded, beg, forbade, suggested, proposed, assured, asked, reminded, warned, agreed, refused, promised, etc.
  • Remove the conjunction "to", because the 'to' conjunction is not used in the direct speech.
  • 'he' will be changed into 'I' in the direct speech.
  • 'could' will be changed into 'can' in the direct speech.
  • This is the direct and indirect speech rule for the imperative sentence.
  • Example: 
  • She requested her to complete it. (indirect speech)
  • *She said to her ‘Please complete it’. (direct speech)*
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that The student said to the teacher, “Please speak a little slowly so that I can note down the points.” is the correct direct form of the given sentence.
191

Select the most appropriate word for the given group of words.

A traveller who moves from one region or country to another

  1. ((a))

    Truant

  2. ((b))

    Migrant

  3. ((c))

    Itinerary

  4. ((d))

    Vagrant

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Migrant

The correct answer is "Migrant". 

Key Points

  • Let's look at the meaning and example of the given options:
  • migrant(noun)- "a person that travels to a different country or place, often in order to find work". (एक व्यक्ति जो एक अलग देश या स्थान की यात्रा करता है, अक्सर काम खोजने के लिए)
  • A migrant is someone who moves from one region or country to another, often for reasons such as employment, better living conditions, or safety.
  • E.g. The cities are full of migrants looking for work.
  • itinerant(noun)- "a plan of a journey, including the route and the places that you will visit. ". (यात्रा कार्यक्रम)
  • E.g. His itinerary wasn't well planned.
  • vagrant(noun)- "a person who is poor, does not have a home or job, and moves from place to place". (एक व्यक्ति जो गरीब है, उसके पास घर या नौकरी नहीं है, और एक स्थान से दूसरे स्थान पर जाता है)
  • E.g. The town has shelters and food handouts for vagrants.
  • truant(noun)- "a child who is regularly absent from school without permission". (एक बच्चा जो बिना अनुमति के नियमित रूप से स्कूल से अनुपस्थित रहता है)
  • E.g. The police do not have a general power to return truants to school.
  • ​Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that 'migrant' is the correct one-word substitute.
192

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

Who keeps the accounts of this hotel?

  1. ((a))

    By whom have the accounts of this hotel been kept?

  2. ((b))

    By whom are the accounts being kept of this hotel?

  3. ((c))

    By whom are the accounts of this hotel kept?

  4. ((d))

    By whom the account is being kept of this hotel?

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

By whom are the accounts of this hotel kept?

The correct answer is 'By whom are the accounts of this hotel kept?'

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is in an 'active voice form', hence we need to convert it into a 'passive voice form'.
  • In an active voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject, performing an action.
  • In a passive voice, a sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • We need to follow these instructions while changing the voice of an interrogative sentence.
  • When the Interrogative Sentence starts from Why/When and How, then we should use them in starting of the sentences and who should replace by By Whom.
  • Helping verb comes before the object in the passive voice, (as passive voice start with object of the active voice)
  • Convert the verb into past participle or 3rd form of the verb.
  • Complete the sentence with the subject and sign of Interrogation (?).
  • Let's have a look at the structural form of the given rule:
  • Who/Why/When/How + auxiliary + subject + verb + object ? (active voice)
  • By whom/Why/When/How + auxiliary + object + V3 + by + subject? (passive voice)​
  • This is the active and passive voice rule for the interrogative Sentences that start with the word 'Wh'.
  • Example: 
  • Who wrote this letter? (active voice)
  • *By whom was this letter written? (passive voice)*
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that ‘By whom are the accounts of this hotel kept?’ is the correct passive form of the given sentence.
193

Parts of the following sentence are given as options. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

If you will search his pockets you will surely find your watch.

  1. ((a))

    find your watch

  2. ((b))

    will search

  3. ((c))

    you will surely

  4. ((d))

    If you

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

will search

The correct answer is 'will search'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is grammatically incorrect.
  • The given sentence is an example of the first conditional sentence.
  • First conditional sentences are used to express situations in which the outcome is likely (but not guaranteed) to happen in the future.
  • As per the general rule, in a first conditional sentence, the tense in the "if" clause is the simple present, and the tense in the main clause is the simple future.
  • Let’s have a look at the structural form of the given rule:
  • If + subject + simple present + object, subject + simple future + object.
  • ​Example: 
  • If I wake up late, I will miss the bus. (correct)
  • If I will wake up late, I will miss the bus. (incorrect)
  • Here, will research (simple future) is used in the  "if" clause which is wrong according to the rule.
  • According to the explanation that is given above, ‘search’ is the correct use in place of “will search”.

Correct sentence: If you search his pockets you will surely find your watch.

Additional Information

  • As per the general rule, in the third conditional sentence, the tense in the "if" clause is the past perfect, and the tense in the main clause is the perfect conditional or the perfect continuous conditional.
  • Let’s have a look at the structural form of the given rule:
  • If + subject + past perfect + object, subject + perfect conditional or the perfect continuous conditional + object.
  • If + subject + had+ V3 + object, subject + would + have+ V3 + object.
  • ​Example: 
  • If you had worked harder, you would have passed your exam. (correct)
  • If you worked harder, you would passed your exam. (incorrect)
194

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Being seen the film once he doesn’t want to see it again.

  1. ((a))

    Because seeing the film

  2. ((b))

    If seeing a film

  3. ((c))

    Having seen the film

  4. ((d))

    No substitution required

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Having seen the film

The correct answer is 'Having seen the film'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is grammatically incorrect.
  • In the above-given sentence, 'Being seen the film' will be replaced by ‘Having seen the film’.
  • As per the general rule, perfect participle clauses show that the action they describe was finished before the action in the main clause.
  • Example:
  • Having lived in London, I know its climate very well. (correct)
  • Being lived in London, I know its climate very well. (incorrect)
  • Here, in the given above sentence, 'Being seen the film' is used as a perfect participle clause, which is wrong according to the rule.
  • According to the explanation and example that are given above, ‘Having seen the film’ is the most appropriate substitute to the underlined segment.

Correct sentence: Having seen the film once he doesn’t want to see it again.

195

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

What will you do in case of not being selected for this job?

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    not having selected

  3. ((c))

    not to be selected

  4. ((d))

    being not selection

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

No substitution required

The correct answer is 'No substitution required'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is grammatically correct.
  • The given above sentence is in the form of a perfect passive gerund.
  • As per the general rule, to make a gerund perfect (put it in past tense), an auxiliary verb with -ing is followed by a past participle.
  • The auxiliary verb is "be" + -ing for passive construction.
  • Example:
  • We went through the safari park without being seen by the lions. (correct)
  • We went through the safari park without having seen by the lions. (incorrect)
  • Here, in the given above sentence, 'not being selected' is used in perfect passive gerund format, which is correct according to the rule.
  • ​According to the explanation and example that are given above, there is No substitution required for the underlined segment.​​​

Additional Information

  • As per the general rule, the auxiliary verb is "have" + -ing for active construction.
  • Example: 
  • I enjoyed having eaten that cake. (correct)
  • I enjoyed being eaten that cake. (incorrect)
196

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

Fifth-wheel

  1. ((a))

    A much needed thing

  2. ((b))

    An unneeded person

  3. ((c))

    A helping hand

  4. ((d))

    A wealthy person

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

An unneeded person

The correct answer is 'An unneeded person'.

Key Points

  • The most appropriate meaning of the given idiom 'Fifth-wheel' is 'An unneeded person'.
  • Let’s look at the meaning and example of the given phrasal verb:
  • Fifth-wheel- "someone who is in a situation where they are not needed or are ignored by most people". (कोई व्यक्ति जो ऐसी स्थिति में है जहां उनकी आवश्यकता नहीं है या अधिकांश लोगों द्वारा अनदेखा किया जाता है)
  • E.g. Once u feel like a fifth wheel, you'd better get away.
  • ​​Thus from the explanation given above, we find that the 2nd option is the correct choice.

Additional Information

  • Let's look at the origin of the idiom:
  • The term fifth wheel may be traced to the seventeenth century and is based on the idea that a carriage or wagon is constructed with four wheels, a fifth wheel is superfluous and adds nothing to the integrity of the wagon.
197

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

Put this plant nearby a window so that it gets enough light.

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    near to

  3. ((c))

    next to

  4. ((d))

    near of

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

next to

The correct answer is 'next to'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is grammatically incorrect.
  • In the above-given sentence, 'nearby' will be replaced by ‘next to’.
  • As per the general rule, 'next to' is a preposition of place, It usually refers to a thing (or person) that is at the side of another thing.
  • Example:
  • Guards stand next to the entrance of the bank. (correct)
  • Guards stand nearby the entrance of the bank. (incorrect)
  • Here, in the given above sentence, 'nearby a window' refers to a thing that is at the side of another thing, which is wrong according to the rule.
  • According to the explanation and example that are given above, ‘next to’ is the most appropriate substitute to the underlined segment.

Correct sentence: Put this plant next to a window so that it gets enough light.

Additional Information

  • As per the general rule, if we want to use a simple adjective or adverb to describe close at hand; not far off; adjacent; neighboring, we use 'nearby'.
  • Example:
  • Some of the players who live nearby will go home for Thanksgiving dinner. (correct)
  • Some of the players who live next to will go home for Thanksgiving dinner. (incorrect)
  • ​As per the general rule, the preposition 'near to' means ‘not far away in distance’. near and near to mean the same, but near is more common.
  • Example:
  • She reached out her hand and drew him near to her. (correct)
  • She reached out her hand and drew him next to her. (incorrect)
198

Select the correct passive form of the given sentence.

Professor Sehgal will organise a webinar on investment tomorrow.

  1. ((a))

    A webinar on investment is being organised by Professor Sehgal tomorrow.

  2. ((b))

    A webinar on investment will have been organised by Professor Sehgal tomorrow.

  3. ((c))

    A webinar on investment will be organised by Professor Sehgal tomorrow.

  4. ((d))

    A webinar on investment is going to be organised by Professor Sehgal tomorrow.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A webinar on investment will be organised by Professor Sehgal tomorrow.

The correct answer is 'A webinar on investment will be organised by Professor Sehgal tomorrow'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is in an 'active voice form', hence we need to convert it into a 'passive voice form'.
  • In an active voice, a sentence emphasizes the subject, performing an action.
  • In a passive voice, a sentence emphasizes the action or the object of the sentence.
  • The given sentence is in the active voice and 'Professor Sehgal' is the subject and 'a webinar' is the object.
  • When we convert this sentence into passive voice, the subject 'Professor Sehgal' of the active voice becomes the object, the object 'a webinar' becomes the subject.
  • Let's have a look at the structural form of the given rule:
  • ​Subject + will/shall + V1 + object. (active voice)
  • object + will/shall + be+ V3 + by + subject. (passive voice)
  • This is the active and passive voice rule for the future simple tense.
  • Example: 
  • Kriya will sew the bag. (active voice)
  • The bag will be sewed by Kriya. (passive voice)**​​**
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that ‘A webinar on investment will be organised by Professor Sehgal tomorrow’ is the correct passive form of the given sentence.
199

Select the most appropriate option to substitute the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to substitute it, select ‘No substitution required’.

To keeping the photo in front of her, Jia drew the picture.

  1. ((a))

    No substitution required

  2. ((b))

    Keeping

  3. ((c))

    Being kept

  4. ((d))

    To have kept

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Keeping

The correct answer is 'Keeping'.

Key Points

  • The given above sentence is grammatically incorrect.
  • In the above-given sentence, 'To keeping' will be replaced by ‘Keeping’.
  • As per the general rule, "keeping" is used as a gerund which makes "keeping warm" a noun phrase.
  • "to keep" is the infinitive form, wherein "to" is simply part of the infinitive. So, one might say that "to keep warm" is a sentence adverb.
  • both are correct, but they differ grammatically.
  • Example:
  • Keeping/to keep her voice conversational, she asked him without looking up. (correct)
  • To keeping her voice conversational, she asked him without looking up. (incorrect)
  • ​Here in the given above sentence, 'To keeping' is used**,** which is wrong according to the rule.
  • According to the explanation and example that are given above, ‘Keeping’ is the most appropriate substitute to the underlined segment.

Correct sentence: Keeping the photo in front of her, Jia drew the picture.

Additional Information

  • "Being kept": This use of passive voice makes it unclear who is keeping the photo in front of Jia.
  • Is someone else placing it there for her?
  • Passive voice is not appropriate in this context, because it shifts the focus away from what Jia is doing.
  • This form would suggest that the photo somehow remained in front of Jia as she drew, but does not indicate that she herself placed or kept it there.
  • "To have kept": Using "to have" followed by the past participle of a verb is used to form the perfect infinitive.
  • In this context, it would suggest that the action of Jia keeping the photo in front of her occurred (and finished) before she drew the picture.
  • It is not the right tense in this context.
200

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

She asked the drycleaner if he could dry clean her coat in a day’s time.

  1. ((a))

    She said to the drycleaner, “Can he dry clean my coat in a day’s time?”

  2. ((b))

    She said to the drycleaner, “Could she dry clean her coat in a day’s time?”

  3. ((c))

    She said to the drycleaner, “Can you dry clean my coat in a day’s time?”

  4. ((d))

    She said to the drycleaner, “Will you dry clean her coat in a day’s time?”

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

She said to the drycleaner, “Can you dry clean my coat in a day’s time?”

The correct answer is 'She said to the drycleaner, “Can you dry clean my coat in a day’s time?”

Key Points

  • The given sentence is an example of an interrogative sentence.
  • The given sentence is in indirect speech. As per the question we have to change it into direct speech.
  • Basic rules for changing or converting indirect speech into direct speech:​
  • The commas(,), inverted commas("), and the exclamation mark are added.
  • In the first part of the sentence, the verb "asked" will be changed to "said to" in the direct speech.
  • Remove the conjunction "if", because 'if' conjunction is not used in the direct speech.
  • 'could' will be changed into 'Can' in the direct speech.
  • 'he' will be changed into 'you' in the direct speech.
  • 'her' will be changed into 'my' in the direct speech.
  • A reported question (?) is when we tell someone what another person asked.
  • This is the direct and indirect speech rule for the interrogative sentence.
  • Example:
  • She asked whether we would come for the party. (indirect speech)
  • *She said, "Will you come for the party"? (direct speech)*
  • Therefore, as per the points mentioned above, we find that She said to the drycleaner, “Can you dry clean my coat in a day’s time?” is the correct direct form of the given sentence.

Attempt this paper under real exam conditions

Timed interface, section switching, instant scoring, and question-by-question analytics — free.

Start Timed Attempt